Home

HTC One M9 User Guide

1. 235 Activate Sprint Worldwide Service on Your Account cece eceeee cece ee 239 Your Phone s SIM Card for International GSM Roaming 235 Enable Global Roaming Mode mmama mam aa anona oann 236 Make and Receive Worldwide Calls 2 200000 0 aaa 236 Sprint International Voicemail Service mmi me 23f Set Up Your Voicemail Access Number for International Use 237 Access Your Voicemail Internationally 00 e ee cececcccceceeeeeee 238 International Data Roaming 22 a kaaa 238 Access Email and Data Services Internationally 239 Contact Sprint for Assistance with International Service 239 Settings 220 NN NN NANANA ANAN NN kaaa 241 Basic Settings 222 22 aaa 241 Airplane Mode aaa 242 AR 242 Wi Fi Calling Settings mmama mmama a meme mem 242 Bluetooth Settings a 242 Mobile Data Settings 22222 a 242 HTC Connett Uu aaa 243 More Wireless amp Network Settings 243 Personalize Settings mamae aa Laan aa 243 Customize the Home and Lock Screen Settings 243 Ringtone u mam am mamaa mm alaa aaa 244 N
2. 270 XI Display the Battery Percentage anaana anaoa aaao aoaaa eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 270 Battery Saving Tips 271 Language amp Keyboard Settings mema memm mean e ma 212 Change the Phone Language 22 2 2 cece manana ma mmama 212 SpellChecker mema cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 213 Keyboard and Input Methods HTC Sense Input 273 Keyboard and Input Methods Google Voice Typing 214 Speech Settings 214 Date amp Time Settings 274 PANIG tes on ene cseecacedacennsy ceceecacesennenesoemedseneusanenecneee aeuamereiunaeaosnneusceseseevoseoces 275 Activate This Device aa aaa 275 System Updates 275 About Your Phone gt mam mmmmm LADLAD LADDA DLADLA LALLA nanana 276 Copyright Information mmea lala mm l mama la laa 276 For Assistance kaaa 279 Troubleshooting AA AA 279 Specifications 2 2 mema mam emmemmmi eee 280 Sprint Account Information and Help mme 281 Sprint Account Passwords 0H mwaume mnene m wna an 281 Manage Your Account mamaa mam amma ammi ia lala ea 281 Sprint Support Services mmama namimi mam L aLa oana 282 Index 283 xii Important Information The following topics provide important information that should be read prior to using your HTC One
3. 2 2 2 2222222 eee cece eee eeeeeeecececeeeeee 193 Use Facebook ce 193 vii YouTube wee mamu mami LLL LL L LLL LLL LLL LLa 194 Music Apps and Sound Enhancements 2 2 2 2 eee cece eecccccccecceccecececceceeeeeeees 195 Listen to MUSIC aaa 195 Google Play Music App mamaaa mima amma meme maimam a ima aai 200 Sprint Music Plus mmama me ALLL L aLaaa La 201 HTC BoomSound with Dolby Audio mme mme em 203 Toggle Modes in HTC BoomSaund 2 222 mami ma mmama wamama wan 203 Use HTC BoomSound with Headphones ccecceeeeees 203 Google Wallet mmama amma ma mma m imei 203 Kid Mode mmama mwm ma mema ma imla imma III 204 Create a Child Profile 204 Explore Kid Mode 2 02 22 cc a 204 Parent Dashboard 222 0 aa 205 Close Kid Mode 222 7 0 mamaa mamaaa ima a 2a anoa 206 sia mamaa wa mwan wa mia ee eee ee 206 Compose a Note u mamaaa mama aa mamii 207 Create a Note for a Photo Blog cece cece cece cece cece cece eceeeceeeeeeeeeeees 208 Group Notes Into a Notebook 209 Publish and Share a Note u 222220000000 a 209 Online Storage and File Management mama am mwm meme 209 Google Drive eee nce e eee e eee eee cece eeeeeeeecececececeee
4. Onthe Recommended screen swipe left or right under each category to browse recommended items Your Phone Interface 71 5 Tosee all available items for a category swipe left and tap See all 6 Tap an item to see the details screen 7 Tap Download To apply the theme after it has finished downloading tap Apply If your theme has custom sounds all of your ringtones and alert tones will also change Bookmark Themes While browsing themes you can bookmark them so you can easily find them later 1 Tap gt 22 gt Themes 2 Browse the categories to find something you like 3 Tap the item and then tap ll You ll find the bookmark in My themes See Find Your Themes Tip You can remove the bookmark by tapping ll again Create Themes You can create and customize your own theme and even share it for others to download 1 Tap gt 22 gt themes Tap gt Choose Home image to set the main wallpaper for your theme Select an image from Gallery Photos or take a photo with Camera Crop the image when prompted and then tap DONE Tap NEXT Swipe up or down to the pre defined style to select for your theme If you don t want to customize your theme further tap NEXT to save your theme ont O oS O P Tap EDIT then tap any of the categories you want to customize and experiment with the settings until you re satisfied 9 When you re ready tap PREVIEW to see what your theme will look like 10 Tap FINISH then name
5. 1 Tap gt gt ro People 2 Tap F 3 Tapthe Namefield and then enter the contact name Note Tap 4 to separately enter the contact s given middle and family and name suffix such as Jr 4 Select the Contact type This determines which account the contact will sync with 5 Enter the contact information in the fields provided 6 Tapv When you tap the added contact on your contacts list you ll see the contact information and your exchange of messages and calls Depending on the information that you ve added to the contact such as an email address you ll also be able to see the contact s social network updates events and photos Add an Extension Number to a Contact Number While creating a new contact in People you can add an extension number to their number so you can skip the voice prompts when calling 1 After entering the number of the main line do one of the following Phone App 104 e Tap P to insert a pause before the extension number is dialed automatically To make the pause longer tap P again e Tap WG to be prompted to confirm the extension number 2 Enter the extension number 3 Tapv Get in Touch with a Contact Choose the best way to connect with your contacts 1 Tap gt gt ro People 2 Tapa contacts photo not the name and then choose how you want to get in touch with that contact Mobile Home Tip For more ways of getting in touch with your contact tap a
6. 2 2 0 2 98 Make an Internet Call 2 2 cece cece cece eee c ee eeeceeeceeeeececeeceeseeeeees 98 Wi Fi Calling 2 2 2 2 2 222222 aaa 99 Set Up and Enable Wi Fi Calling 99 Make a Call Using Wi Fi Calling 100 Turn Off Wi Fi Calling aa 100 Call Settings U mmama mama mama III 100 Change Ringtone Settings 100 Contacts III 101 Your People List 0 2 2 0 0 aaa 101 Find People aaa 103 Set Up Your Profile 2 22 2222222222 103 Add Entries to the People App nanaonan cece ccc cccccccceeeececereetteeeees 104 Get in Touch with a Contact mmmmmm mmama mamaaa mamia mmea 105 Manage People Entries 105 Import or Copy Contacts aaao mam mama ALLA La aa Laana 106 Merge Entries in People 220 0 0 manemane ma ameen 107 Send Contact Information mmama mama malai a mi 108 Contact GTOUPS osc ce ieee ccestuwacancoseunuaiendiescecnaudectadaddenchaaiceductovasehacekadeelmannaenes 109 Back Up and Restore Your Contacts 110 Private Contacts 22220000 mami ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeecceeeeeeetereees 111 Messaging and Internet m0mmmmmme wamama miwani ma La Laa miwa
7. 3 Tap Motion Launch gestures Your Phone Interface 19 4 Select the Motion Launch gestures you want Motion Launch gestures Pagi up the phone in portrad onentabion and dowble tap to wake Double tap again to pul phone lo Sheen 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Double tap to wake up amp sleep Swipe down to tum on voice dialing Swipe up to unlock Swipe left to launch widget Wake Up to the Lock Screen Go from sleep mode to the lock screen without reaching for the Power Lock button 1 Lift the phone in portrait orientation 2 Immediately double tap the screen Make sure you re not touching the screen when the phone vibrates Wake Up and Unlock Go from sleep mode and unlock HTC One M9 to the last screen you were using without reaching for the Power Lock button Your Phone Interface 76 Note If you ve set up a screen lock with credentials you ll be asked to provide your credentials first before HTC One M9 unlocks 1 Lift the phone in portrait orientation 2 Immediately swipe up from the bottom half of the screen Make sure you re not touching the screen when the phone vibrates Wake to the Home Widget Panel Go from sleep mode to the Home widget panel without reaching for the Power Lock button Note If you ve set up a screen lock with credentials you ll be asked to provide your credentials first before HTC One M9 unlocks 1 Lift the phone in portrait orientation 2 Immediately swipe left from
8. Tap N s3225 O Settings gt Sound amp notification Under Notification tap Flash notifications Choose whether to always flash the LED or flash it only when the screen is off Tap App light notifications Choose which app notifications you want the LED to flash for Tip In other apps check their settings to find out if they have an option for flashing the LED HTC BlinkFeed Your Dynamic Home Screen Stay in touch with friends or get the latest about your interests right on HTC BlinkFeed Set up which social networks news sources and other information will appear To go to HTC BlinkFeed swipe right from the Home screen Your Phone Interface 58 k I T i ae ae ai car 15 ya EP h Swipe up or down to browse stories on HTC BlinkFeed Tap atile to view more details or to comment on a post or status update a While viewing a news article swipe left or right to see more stories While in HTC BlinkFeed you can tap either or 5 to scroll to the top Scroll to the top and pull down on the screen to manually refresh the stream a Swipe right on HTC BlinkFeed to open the slideout menu to choose the type or add your custom topics to display Tip You ll see the clock widget on HTC BlinkFeed if you ve set HTC BlinkFeed as the main Home screen Turn HTC BlinkFeed On or Off You can turn HTC BlinkFeed on or off 1 Tap or swipe right to go to HTC BlinkFeed 2 Slide two fingers together and then
9. 2 On the PEOPLE tab tap a gt Manage contacts Phone App 106 3 Tap Copy contacts and then choose a contact type or online account to copy from 4 Selecta contact type or account you want to save to Note Contacts from your social network accounts may not be copied Merge Entries in People If you have the same contacts on your phone Google Account and social network accounts such as Facebook and Twitter your phone will try to combine them automatically or let you decide which contacts to combine Combining the same contacts avoids duplicated entries in your contacts list Accept Contact Link Suggestions When your phone finds contacts that can be merged you ll see a link notification when you open the People app 1 Tap gt gt ro People 2 On the PEOPLE tab tap the Contact link suggestion notification when available You ll see a list of suggested contacts to merge 3 Navigate to the contact you want to merge 4 Tap G to merge Otherwise tap CP to ignore the contact link suggestion a Note If you don t want to receive contact link suggestions on the PEOPLE tab tap a gt Settings Clear the Suggest contact link option Manually Merge Entries You can merge your entries manually and choose the accounts to link the contact 1 Tap gt gt ro People 2 On the PEOPLE tab tap the name of the contact not the icon or photo you want to link 3 Tapa Link 4 Youcan e Under Suggest links ta
10. 5 Select whether to block or to prioritize all notifications from the selected app 6 Tap 5 twice 7 Tap When device is locked and then choose whether to show or not to show notifications 8 Tap Notifications access to control HTC Dot View notifications Call Settings Use these options to set call features voicemail and more Call Features Use these options to set various call features 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Call 3 Set the following e Auto answer calls Select this option to automatically answer incoming calls just by lifting the phone to your ear e Declined calls Select to enable text message and reminder options for declined calls e Save to People Select to add unknown numbers to the People list after the call Voicemail Settings Use this menu to check your voicemail settings such as the voicemail service provider and voicemail number 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Call 3 Tap Voicemail service or Voicemail settings Hearing Aids Select the Hearing aids option to enable hearing aid compatibility that amplifies your phone s in call volume 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Call Settings 264 3 Select the Hearing aids option 4 Select Sidetone to get voice feedback in a hearing aid CDMA Call Settings Use these options to enable hearing aid compatibility and adjust several call settings such as teletypewriter and DDTM 1 Tip 051155 O Settings 2 Tap Call 3 Tap CDMA call se
11. J Tap A to turn on Face Tracking As other people around you enter the front camera s field of vision each person will appear in a window on the video chat screen Your camera will zoom in or out to keep the faces in focus when you move Drag the mini window anywhere you want Depending on the video chat app you can single or double tap the mini window to switch screens with the called participant Tap A again to turn off Face Tracking Share Your Phone Screen Show off some pics or teach your friend how to use a phone feature Screen Share allows you to show your phone screen to the person you re video chatting with You need a third party video chat app to use Screen Share 1 2 On the video chat screen tap gt G to activate Screen Share On your phone go to the screen you want to share and then tap Ly You can go to any screen on your phone and the person you re chatting with will see it While sharing your screen you can Phone App 91 e Tap o to draw Trace your finger across the screen to call out important parts e Tap gt to pause screen sharing e Tap E to stop screen sharing Optional Services The following topics outline additional voice related services available with your phone including voicemail call services and more Voicemail Traditional In addition to Visual Voicemail your phone and Sprint service always offer traditional voicemail service accessed through the Phone ap
12. Transfer Files Between Your Phone and a Computer You can use the supplied USB connector to connect your phone directly to your computer and transfer music pictures and other content files For example if you have a music album stored on your computer that you want to listen to on your phone with any of the music apps just attach your phone to the computer and copy the files to the music folder File Transfer Tips Ifyou want to save data to an SD card on your phone make sure the SD card is installed and active See SD Card a Avoid removing the SD card while transferring data Data exchange may use the methods outlined in the following table Method Description Media Device MTP Transfer files between your phone and PC such as pictures videos and MUSIC Mass Storage Mode 5 Exchange data with a PC using your phone as an external storage device Transfer Files Between the Phone and a Computer 1 Connect your phone to your computer using the supplied USB charging cable e Insert the larger end of the cable to the charger accessory jack at the bottom of the phone e Insert the USB end of the cable into an available USB port on your computer You may need to remove the USB cable from the charging head to access it 2 When MM appears in the notifications area drag the status bar down to display the notifications window You will see Media device MTP connected and the files on your phone can now be a
13. Waiting by tapping k ras Q before placing your call Call Waiting is automatically reactivated once you end the call Call Forwarding Call Forwarding lets you forward all your incoming calls to another phone number even when your phone is turned off You can continue to make calls from your phone when you have activated Call Forwarding Note Depending on your plan you may be charged a higher rate for calls you have forwarded To activate Call Forwarding Phone App 97 1 TapQ gt b 2 Tap w As 9 asc 3 Enter the area code and phone number to which you want your calls forwarded 4 Tap H You will hear a tone to confirm the activation of Call Forwarding You will hear a tone to confirm the activation of Call Forwarding All calls to your wireless number will be forwarded to the designated phone number To deactivate Call Forwarding 1 Tap LAS NG 2 Tap K f Pars 2 ac 3 Tap H You will see a message and hear a tone to confirm the deactivation You will hear a tone to confirm the deactivation Internet Calls When you re connected to a Wi Fi network you can make and receive calls through an Internet calling account Note Before you add an Internet calling account make sure that you ve registered with an Internet calling service that supports voice calls over Session Initiation Protocol SIP Internet calls to phone numbers may incur additional fees Add an Internet Calling Acco
14. O gt Camera options Capture Better Photos Here are some tips on how to improve the quality of your photos on your phone Improve Focus and Sharpness Your phone s camera has autofocus which works best on a subject that is not moving too much To change the focus on the Viewfinder tap the one you want to focus on If the subject is moving on the Viewfinder touch and hold the subject to lock the focus You can manually adjust the sharpness of a photo by editing in the Gallery app You can also set the sharpness before taking a photo in the Camera settings Generally it is better to sharpen a blurry image rather than to reduce the sharpness in an image Take Well lit Photos Your phone automatically adjusts the focus and exposure If the image appears underexposed or appears dark on the Viewfinder screen tap a part of the image that is in shadow Conversely tap a well lit object in the image if the image seems to be overexposed Focus on an object with a neutral tone for a balanced exposure Keep in mind that tapping on another object may shift the focus from your subject If you are using the default settings and the photo still appears too dark switch to Night scene but use a tripod or place your phone on a level surface If there are parts of the image that are in shadows and others are in highlights use HDR mode to capture three shots of different exposures and combine them into one shot Keep your phone steady or place
15. Sprint Printable User Guide A downloadable printable guide to your phone s features ATC ones Available applications and services are subject to change at any time Table of Contents Important Information aaa 1 Radio Frequency Exposure Operating Instructions cece cece cece cece cc ccccceeeeeees 1 Important Note on Recoverable Data 1 Ae AA 2 EIA WI 3 Phone Layout II wuss aae R ante aaide arauari Sis 3 IA a E aac S 5 Handling SIM Card 2222 0 0 cece oaaao anoano anoano anaa o a oaoa oaoa anoano aao narnan 5 Insert SIM Card MOOO 6 SD Card AA 7 Insert SD Card U 10000 0 0 kk kakakain 7 Unmount the SD Card wmmmmama wamama ww wa iwa ima mamaaa 8 Remove SD Card namana m mmama wm nw m wwa ww mi a2 lwa 8 Format SD Card cc 9 Charge the Battery u aaa 9 Turn Your Phone On and Off 2 aa 10 Touchscreen Navigation 2 2 2 2 mmama mmama malela mea 12 Motion Gestures laaa aaao ka 17 Activate Your Phone mam ADADDA DLADLA D LADLAD ALLL La oaoa 19 Complete the Setup Screens 2mmmmmmmmemmwmma nam wa a aa annaran 20 Transfer Content to Your New Phone u 0000000000000000 0000000000000002 202022222222222 22 Transfer Content from an Android Phone 22 2 22 Transfer Content from an i
16. 1 TaplAsitis Themes 2 Tap gt My themes Share Themes Share themes wallpapers icons and more with friends and family 1 Tap Themes 2 Browse to the theme you want to share and tap it to view the details 3 While viewing the details page of any item in the catalog tap NG to share Delete a Theme You can delete a theme if you no longer want to keep it on your phone 1 Tap I5 115 8 themes 2 Tap gt My themes 3 Swipe to the MY COLLECTION tab 4 Tapia Remove 5 Tap the themes you want to remove from your collection 6 Tap REMOVE If the theme you deleted is currently applied it will still be applied to your phone until another theme is applied Motion Launch Motion Launch is a combination of a motion gesture followed by a finger gesture With Motion Launch you don t have to reach for the Power Lock button to wake up your phone Using a combination of simple gestures you can wake up to your home screen HTC BlinkFeed and more a Wake up to the lock screen a Wake up and unlock Your Phone Interface 14 Wake up to the Home widget panel a Wake up to HTC BlinkFeed Auto launch the camera with Motion Launch Snap a Make a call with Quick call Turn Motion Launch On or Off Motion Launch is on by default You can turn it off in Settings 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Quick Settings WW a a a 2 Tap 10 gt Display amp gestures
17. 2 2 2 39 Enter Text with Word Prediction on the HTC Sense Keyboard 41 Enter Text with the HTC Sense Keyboard Using the Trace Keyboard 42 Enter Text by Speaking on the HTC Sense Keyboard 43 Calibrate the Keyboard ccc cece cece eee ccccceecccceeeeeeeeecceceeeeeseeeeeeees 43 Edit TeK a eres dete oe epee they am GANA Dh mates ew eee encased E WWW 44 Google Account AA 45 Create a Google Account co cc ccc ahaaa DLADLA LLALLA ALLAL LALLA Laa wazima 45 Sign In to Your Google Account 2 22 22 cece cece cece cece cece cece eeeeeecececeeeeeeeeeeeees 46 Google Play Store 2 2 2 2 ooo ccc cece ccc cece cece cece ceeceeececcccccceeceeeeececececccceceeeeeeteeeeee 46 Find and Install an App 2 2 2 2 2 ccc cco c ccc ALALLA Doaa aoaaa 47 Request a Refund for a Paid App 2 2 22 aoaaa aaan oaaao oaao aaao aa aoaaa oaoa noaa 48 Update an App 2 2 ccc e aaoo LALALALA DALLAL LADLAD LADLAD ALLAL aa nana 48 Uninstall an App 0 0 naana anaona nannaa a aa eeececceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 48 Get Help with Google Play a 49 Lock and Unlock Your Screen aa 49 Update YourPhone mema mama eeeeeeeeeeeees 50 Update Your Phone Software cece ccc cece ccc cccceceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 50 Update Your Profile a
18. 2 Tap and then choose how you want to view your photos and videos 3 Open a group of photos and videos such as an event in Timeline view or an album 4 Tapa Add to album 5 Select the photos or videos you want to add and then tap NEXT 6 Create an album or select an album that you ve already created in Gallery To create a new album to move or copy to tap Tip To add a single photo or video to an album touch and hold the photo or video Tap Add to album and then select the destination album or create a new album Camera and Video 161 Copy or Move Photos or Videos Between Albums It s easy to copy and move photos or videos between your albums 1 Tap Gallery 2 Tap gt Albums to switch to Albums view 3 Tap atile to open an album 4 Tapia Move to or Copy to 5 Select the photos or videos you want to move or copy and then tap NEXT 6 Select an album to move or copy the photos or videos to To create a new album to move or copy to tap Tag Photos and Videos Make your photos and videos easy to find by adding tags such as short names or keywords 1 TaplI s1155 Gallery 2 Tap and then choose how you want to view your photos and videos 3 Tapatile to open a group of photos and videos 4 Tapia Add tag 5 Select items that you ll tag with the same keywords then tap NEXT 6 Typein a keyword and then tap ce Or to use an existing tag just tap it below the text field 7 Add
19. 3 Flick the screen left or right to select a library category such as ARTISTS or ALBUMS 4 Tap an item from the category window and then tap a song The song begins playing 5 Tap 5 Add to playlist 6 Select whether you want to add the song to a new playlist or to an existing playlist 7 Follow screen instructions to proceed Sprint Music Plus With Sprint Music Plus and the Music Store Ringtones Store and Ringbacks you can purchase download and play music ringtones and ringback tones for your phone Install the Sprint Music Plus App on Your Phone Before you use Sprint Music Plus on your phone you must download and install the app from the Google Play Store app Useful Features 201 1 Tap I5 1155 gt Play Store Tap Q and search for sprint music plus Tap Sprint Music Plus from the results list Tap INSTALL and then tap ACCEPT a Se O N When the download has completed tap OPEN e Toopen the app from the Home screen tapiii gt B Sprint Music Plus Access Sprint Music Plus 1 Tap I5 ua Sprint Music Plus e The first time you use the app tap Accept to agree to the Premium Services Terms of Use 2 Tapa store option from the main page Ringbacks Store Music Store or Ringtones Store or tap Sf gt Music under Library to access your music 3 Tap the onscreen navigation tools to skip ahead or rewind Tap at any time to see additional options a e For more information tap a gt Setting
20. Adjusting Call Volume Press the volume key up or down during the call Troubleshooting Question Difficulty during call Answer 1 It may not be possible to make a call properly in a noisy location Answer 2 When calling using Speaker check the call volume Raising the call volume may make calling difficult Question Sound pops momentarily during a call Answer Are you changing location while calling Sound pops when signal is weak and the phone switches to a different area J Emergency Call Cautions Emergency calls are restricted in Airplane mode Phone App 81 Call Using the Phone Dialer The most traditional way to place a call is by using the phone s dialer screen Call Using Smart Dial You can either dial a number directly or use Smart dial to quickly place a call Smart dial searches and calls a stored synced contact or a number from your call history y 1 Tap D gt Sto display the phone s dialer screen 2 Enter the phone number or first few letters of the contact s name to see the top matching contact 3 If there are a number of matches found for example 3 MATCHES tap the number to see all the matches Jeo 2w 3w Ace 5 sa G ine al Gal Oem 0 iii CALL LI 4 Tap the contact you want to call e Tocheck other phone numbers associated with the contact tap HA beside the contact name e Ifthe phone number has an extension tap E amp I after connecting to the main line and then
21. Gestures 12 GIF Creator 170 Global Roaming Mode 236 Global Use 235 Glove Mode 258 Gmail Add Account 124 Create account 45 Get Help 125 Inbox 123 Read and reply 123 Reply Email 124 Send message 122 Google Chrome 138 Create account 45 Hangouts 185 Sign in 46 Google Account Add Account 246 Forgot Password 246 Google Drive 210 Bonus Space 210 Check Space 211 Upload Photos and Videos 211 Google Location Service 248 Google Maps 181 Get Around Maps 182 Get Directions 183 Moving in Maps 182 Search Location 182 Google Now 141 Google Play Find and install apps 47 Help 49 Store 46 Google Play Music 200 Google Search 140 Google Voice Search 141 Google Voice Typing 43 274 Google Wallet 203 Group Messaging 114 285 Group Text 114 Hangouts 185 HD Voice 81 HDR 156 Headset Jack 4 Hearing Aids 264 History Erase 90 Home Key 28 Home Screen 27 53 Add App Shortcuts 65 Add or Remove Widget Panel 64 Add Widgets 64 Arrange Widget Panels 64 Change Main Home Screen 63 Change Widget Settings 65 Customize 62 Extended 54 Feeds Panel 58 HTC Sense Home Widget 66 Launch Bar 63 Move or Remove Items 65 Organize Widget Panels 64 Settings 243 Wallpaper 62 HTC BlinkFeed 58 Customize 60 Customize Highlights 61 Off 59 Post Status 62 Remove Content 62 Save Articles 61 Select Feeds 60 Show and Add Topics 60 Show Your Content 60 Subscribe to Other Regions 61 Subscribe to RSS 61 HTC BoomSound 203 HTC Car 180 Customize 1
22. Plug your headphones into the headphone jack 2 Tap N sins Settings 3 Tap the HTC BoomSound with Dolby Audio ON OFF switch 4 Tap HTC BoomSound with Dolby Audio select an option from the Choose your headphones screen and tap APPLY Your phone remembers the headphone profile you chose so you don t have to select it again next time Note HTC BoomSound with Dolby Audio is not available over HDMI Bluetooth Miracast or USB audio out Google Wallet You must have a Google Wallet account associated with your Google Account to purchase items from the Google Play Store app To create a Google Wallet account do one of the following sx On your computer go to google com wallet to create a Google Wallet account a The first time you use your phone to buy an item from Google Play you re prompted to enter your billing information to set up a Google Wallet account Useful Features 203 Warning When you ve used Google Wallet once to purchase an application from the Google Play Store app the phone remembers your password so you don t need to enter it the next time For this reason you should secure your phone to prevent others from using it without your permission For more information see Screen Lock Settings Kid Mode Use Kid Mode to let your kids have fun and learn on your phone without them accessing anything they shouldn t While your kids enjoy a huge collection of games videos and storybooks you can also check o
23. You must use the same date format as that set in Settings gt Date amp time such as 01 13 2015 4 Tap 5 Select what you want from the matching results Find Matching Photos Use Image match to find photos faster instead of browsing through Gallery Camera and Video 163 1 Tap I5 1215 Gallery 2 Tap and then choose how you want to view your photos and videos 3 Tap Q 4 Tap IMAGE MATCH and find a photo that is visually similar to what you want to find 5 Tap the photos that are most similar to what you want to find and do one of the following e Tap CONTINUE to display more matches e Tap FINISH to see the results 6 On the Images matched screen select all of the images you want to save to a new album and then tap SAVE Tip You can also find matching images while viewing a photo in full screen Tap a gt Image match View Pan 360 Photos Enjoy viewing your Pan 360 photos with these instructions 1 Tip 51155 Gallery 2 Tap and then choose how you want to view your photos and videos 3 Tap atile to open the thumbnail view 4 When you see the Pan 360 photo you want tap it to view in full screen You can identify Pan 360 photos by the BSS icon on the thumbnail 5 Tap baie to explore the Pan 360 photo 6 Try any of the following e Tilt your phone or drag your finger on the screen to pan the photo e Tap the rotation indicator at the top left corner to re center the photo e Slide two
24. and download books and other reading materials to your phone PIA Play Games Search buy and install games to your phone Play Movies amp Search buy and watch movies and shows on your phone T O Play Music Search buy and listen to music on your phone e Play Newsstand Search buy and read newspapers magazines and other circulations on your phone b Play Store Search buy and install apps to your phone See Google Play Store NT POLARIS Office 5 View and edit office documents View maps and get turn by turn navigation to your destination See Scout a Scribble Create notes and photo blogs and then share or publish them See Scribble Run the setup wizard and complete the setup screens See Complete the Setup Screens S Spotify Stream music to your phone Locator Games 9 Sprint Music Plus Search download and listen to music tracks on your phone KI Sprint TV 8 Search download and watch movies and shows on your phone O Settings Change your phone settings See Settings Movies Sprint Zone Manage your Sprint account from your phone Basic Operations 33 App Function Service themes Personalize your phone with themes See Themes EJ twitter Send and receive tweets on your phone See Twitter Uber Use this app if you need a ride to your destination where Uber service is available Pines Recorder Record and share your voice or create a voice memo See Voice Recorder Voice Search Search t
25. conversation thread If this is your first time to send a group MMS you may need to enter your mobile phone number 5 Tap the Add text box and then start composing your message 6 Tap Eaa to send or tap D to save the message as a draft Group MMS FAQs Question Why can t my recipients see or join the group MMS sent them Answer Check whether your recipients have enabled Group messaging on their mobile devices Some devices or mobile operators may not support this feature Question How do I receive or block group MMS Messaging and Internet 114 Answer In Message settings tap Multimedia messages MMS and then turn Group Messaging on or off Save and Resume Composing a Draft Message While composing a text or multimedia message tap 5 to automatically save your message as a draft You can resume composing a draft message 1 Tap D Messages 2 Tap the draft message edit the message and then tap gt Tip To see all draft messages in one place tap a on the All messages screen and then tap Filter gt Drafts Read and Reply to a Message Depending on your notification settings the phone plays a ringtone vibrates or displays the message briefly in the status bar when you receive a new text or multimedia message To change the notification for new text and multimedia messages see Text and Multimedia Message Options A new message icon A also appears in the status bar 1 Toopen and read the message y
26. o Synchronous shot Use the main and front cameras to capture both photos or both videos at the same time 5 When taking an asynchronous shot tap YY to take a photo or m to record a video with the main camera When done tap the button again to capture your selfie If you need to retake the shot tap to start over 6 When taking a synchronous shot tap to take a photo or to record videos with both cameras 7 To save the split screen shot tap O Panoramic Shots Get a wider shot of landscapes in one sweep Or take a 360 degree panorama of what s around you Camera and Video 154 Take a Panoramic Photo Note Some camera features are not available when you re in this mode such as zooming 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen 00 2 Tap 00 gt Panorama 3 If Pan 360 is selected tap a gt aii and then tap _ EE to switch to Sweep panorama mode KO 4 When you re ready to take the shot tap za 5 Pan left or right in either landscape or portrait view Hold your phone as smoothly as you can to automatically capture frames You can also tap A to stop capturing anytime The camera stitches the frames into a single photo Take a Pan 360 Photo The world isn t flat and your photos shouldn t be either Note Some camera features are not available when you re in this mode such as Zooming Stand in the same spot even as you turn around to take more shots For best results remember to avoid ca
27. tap Previous 4 Toget directions for an upcoming event in Calendar tap Appointments and tap an upcoming appointment Useful Features 180 Explore What s Around You With just a few taps you can find interesting places around you quickly 1 In HTC Car tap Navigation 2 Tapa category for example Restaurant or Parking to see what s available near you 3 Tap Q to enter your own search keywords Play Music in HTC Car 1 InHTC Car tap Music 2 Swipe left or right to browse by category 3 Tap Q to search your collection 4 Tapan album song or playlist to listen to it Tip You can also play music by tapping Speak on the main screen and saying what you want to hear For example say Play Beethoven s 5th Make Phone Calls in HTC Car Tap Dialer to open the dialpad Tap People and then browse a category or search by entering a name Tap Speak and say Call and the person s name For example say Call Jennifer Singer Handle Incoming Calls in HTC Car Ifyou hear a voice prompt say yes or no to answer or decline a call Tap Answer or Decline Customize HTC Car To change the default behavior of HTC Car tap Settings o add more apps to HTC Car tap and select an app Google Maps Use the Google Maps app to determine your location find directions browse local businesses and attractions rate and review places and more Note To find your location with Google Maps you need to
28. Adjust Your Photos Use the available adjustment tools to crop rotate flip or straighten photos 1 Tap gt gt Li Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit Inthe slideout menu that opens tap Essentials gt Uzi TOOLS N 3 Choose to rotate crop flip or straighten the photo NN Tap gt and make more adjustments if needed Camera and Video 167 5 Tap 5 to return to the Essentials screen 6 Tap vA to save changes Except for when applying rotation edited photos are saved as new photos The original remains unedited Draw on a Photo Scribble on your photos for fun or to highlight an interesting part 1 Tap gt gt Ld Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit KA 2 Inthe slideout menu that opens tap Flair gt s4 DRAW 3 Drag the stroke slider to adjust the stroke thickness 4 Tap to open the toolbar choose a pen type and then tap W to hide the toolbar 5 Choose a pen color from the color bar KA l 6 Draw on the photo You can tap si gt amp to switch to full screen view 7 To undo or redo an action open the toolbar and then tap NN Or gt Or you can use the eraser from the toolbar to remove specific parts of your drawing 8 Tap SY when done R F 9 Tap 4 and then tap to toggle between the before and after photos 10 Tap V to save changes The edited photo is saved as a new photo The original photo remains unedited Apply Photo
29. Battery Saving Tips 271 Beam Content 229 Block List 90 Bluetooth 224 Car Kit 225 Disconnect Device 226 Headset 225 Receive Files 227 Reconnect Phone 225 Send Information 226 Unpair Device 226 Bokeh Mode 150 Bonus Storage 210 BoomSound Settings 260 Brightness 259 Maximum Level 259 Browser Add Bookmarks 139 Browsing History 139 Find Text 138 Help 140 Options 140 Private Browsing 140 Tabs 138 Burst Shots 150 283 Calculator 186 Calendar 186 Create Event 187 Edit Event 187 Invites 189 Make Call From 84 Share Events 189 Show or Hide 188 Snooze Reminders 190 View events 188 Call Forwarding 97 Call History 88 Block Caller 90 Make Call From 88 Open 89 Prepend a Number 89 Save a Number 89 Call Log 88 Call Screen 86 Call Services Call Forwarding 97 Call Waiting 97 Caller ID 97 Call Waiting 97 Caller ID 97 Camera 145 Capture Mode 146 Close the App 147 Getting Started 145 Manual Settings 157 Record Video 149 Set Flash 147 Take a picture 147 Tips 148 Use Volume Buttons 147 Zooming 146 Camera Flash 147 Camera Mode Bokeh 150 Burst 150 Customized 157 Pan 360 155 Selfie 151 Video 149 Camera Scenes HDR 156 Panorama 155 Index Slow Motion 156 Camera Settings 157 Car Kit 225 Change the Language 272 Charger Accessory Jack 4 Child Profile 204 Chrome 138 Clear App Cache 266 Clock 190 Check Time 190 Set Date 190 Stopwatch 191 Timer 192 World Clock 191 Conference Calling 96 Connections Optimizer 218
30. Cc Bcc 5 Enter the subject and then compose your message 6 Do any ofthe following e Add an attachment Tap G and then choose what you want to attach e Set the priority for an important message Tap gt Set priority A 7 Tap id to send Or to send it later tap a gt Save Note If there s no Wi Fi or data connection available or Airplane mode is on when you send your email the email is saved to the Outbox folder Once there s Wi Fi or data connection available the saved email will be sent automatically next time your phone syncs Resume a Draft Email Message 1 TapD gt gt M Mail 2 Inan email account inbox tap gt Folder gt Drafts 3 Tap the message 4 When you finish editing the message tap a Read and Reply to an Email Message Read email messages and reply to them promptly in the Mail app 1 TapD gt gt M Mail 2 Switch to the email account that you want to use 3 In the email account inbox tap the email you want to read Messaging and Internet 128 Note If you want to read a particular message inside an email conversation tap to expand the conversation and then tap the email message 4 Tap REPLY or REPLY ALL Tip Tapa for more actions for the email Quickly Reply to an Email Message You can quickly respond to a new email message from the Home screen or lock screen 1 When you receive a new email message notification slide the Notifications panel down 2 On
31. Certificates 251 Lock Screen 250 Screen Lock 248 Selfie Mode 151 Sequence Shot 171 Settings 241 About Your Phone 276 Accessibility 251 Accounts 245 Airplane Mode 242 Applications 266 Backup 254 Bluetooth 242 Call 264 Date 8 Time 274 Device Activation 275 Display 4 gestures 258 Get Content From Another Phone 258 Getting To 29 Hearing Aids 264 HTC BoomSound 260 HTC Connect 243 Language 8 Keyboard 272 Location Settings 247 Mobile Data 242 Overview 241 Personalize 243 Power 269 Printing 275 Quick Settings 29 Index Reset 257 Screen Capture 30 Security Settings 248 251 Sound 8 Notification 261 Storage 267 Sync Accounts 245 System Updates 275 TTY Mode 265 Wi Fi 242 Wi Fi Calling 242 Setup Screens 20 Shapes 172 Silent Mode 38 SIM Card 5 235 Insert 6 Sleep Mode 259 Slide 13 Slow Motion Video 156 Smart Dial 82 Smart Lock 249 Smart Sync 132 SMS Back Up Messages 118 Reply 115 Send 112 Social Network Account Add Account 245 Sound Incoming Calls 262 Interruptions 262 Notification Alarm 261 Other Options 262 Ringtones 262 Sound Profile 261 System Sounds 263 Vibrate 261 Volumes 261 Sound Enhancements 195 Speaker 4 Speech Settings 274 Speed Dial 85 Spell Checker 273 SplitCapture 154 Spread 15 Sprint411 282 Sprint Account Management 281 Sprint Hotspot 223 Sprint Music Plus 201 Sprint Operator Services 282 289 Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service 235 Status Bar 54 Status Icons 5
32. Filters 1 Tap N gt e e gt Li Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit 2 In the slideout menu that opens tap Essentials 3 Tap O FILTERS and then choose one of the available filters 4 Tap gt 5 Tap and then tap to toggle between the before and after photos 6 Tap V to save changes The edited photo is saved as a new photo The original photo remains unedited Create and Apply a Custom Filter Camera and Video 168 1 Tap N gt ee gt Li Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit 2 Inthe slideout menu that opens tap Essentials 3 Tap O FILTERS and then scroll to the end of the predefined filters bar 4 Tap CUSTOM 5 Make changes to the filter by adjusting the controls on exposure saturation white balance and more 6 Ifyou need to rearrange the order of your settings to achieve a particular effect you can touch and hold a setting and drag it to a new position KG Rearranging the settings may reset values to the default 7 Tap gt 8 Tap 5 to return to the Essentials screen 9 Tap V to save changes The edited photo is saved as a new photo The original photo remains unedited Retouch Photos of People 1 Tap gt gt Li Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit 2 Inthe slideout menu that opens tap Touch Up 3 Choose a facial touch up to apply and then customize its settings 4 Tap gt l 5 Tap and then tap to toggle between th
33. Home gt Transfer amp Backup Click the Get Started button If you haven t used iTunes to back up your iPhone content to your computer please do so before proceeding Select your iPhone backup file and then click OK Select the types of content you want to transfer to your HTC phone You can choose whether to replace the content on your HTC phone with the iPhone content Click Start Wait for HTC Sync Manager to finish transferring content When done slide open the Notifications panel on your HTC phone and then tap Choose which apps you were using on iPhone you want to find in Google Play and download to your HTC phone Get Help To find out more about using HTC Sync Manager download the user guide PDF from the HTC support site htc com hsm Or open the Help that comes with the software Tip On Windows clicks in HTC Sync Manager and then click Help Use the File Manager app to browse and organize your files and folders on your phone storage and storage card You can also use File Manager to browse for files and folders on your external USB storage device when you have it connected to your phone Switch Between Storage Types Select an available storage on your phone that you want to manage 1 eee x Tap N P soo ki File Manager Useful Features 213 2 Swipe left or right to switch to a file storage where you want to browse or organize your files File Manages Naik ET MUA SA f a
34. Ifyou also want to delete media and other data on your phone select Erase all data 4 Todelete media and other data on your storage card if you installed one tap Erase SD card 5 Tap OK Settings 257 Once the phone has reset it will run through the Hands Free Activation and update processes again When finished you will see the Welcome screen and Setup application See Complete the Setup Screens to start over Get Content From Another Phone These options let you transfer content from a previous device to your new phone See Transfer Content to Your New Phone for details Display amp Gestures Settings Adjusting your phone s display and gestures settings not only helps you see what you want it can also help increase battery life Glove Mode Turn Glove mode on to get better screen responses even when you re wearing gloves 1 TapQ gt 2t gt O Settings 2 Tap Display amp gestures 3 Select the Glove mode option Auto rotate Screen By default the screen orientation automatically changes when the phone is rotated To disable automatic screen orientation 1 TapQ gt 22 gt O Settings 2 Tap Display amp gestures 3 Clear the Auto rotate screen option and tap 5 Note Not all application screens support automatic rotation The screen orientation automatically changes to landscape mode when you turn the phone sideways Note The TalkBack accessibility feature works best if you turn off auto rot
35. M9 Radio Frequency Exposure Operating Instructions This device was tested for compliance with the applicable FCC and Industry Canada specific absorption rate SAR limits for radio frequency RF exposure during typical body worn operations To ensure that RF exposure levels remain at or below the tested levels use a belt clip holster or similar accessory that maintains a minimum separation distance of 1 0 cm between your body and the device with either the front or back of the device facing towards your body Such accessories should not contain any metallic components Body worn accessories that do not meet these specifications may not ensure compliance with applicable SAR limits and their use should be avoided Important Note on Recoverable Data Files and other data that have been deleted cleared removed or erased from your device may still be recoverable by third party data recovery software Even a factory reset may not permanently erase all data from your phone including personal information Important Information 1 Introduction The following topics describe the basics of using this guide and your new phone About the User Guide Thank you for purchasing your new HTC Phone The following topics explain how best to use this guide to get the most out of your phone Before Using Your Phone Read Important Information thoroughly for proper usage Accessible services may be limited by subscription contract condition
36. NETO 8YNC a Alarms Android CIM Download HTCspeakDate m Movies Search for Files It s easy to find files and documents using File Manager 1 Tap 0 gt gt CI File Manager 2 Tapa 3 In the search box enter a few characters of the filename Matching filenames from the root and subfolders are then displayed 4 Tap afile to open it Organize Your Files Use the File Manager app to sort copy move or delete your files and documents Sort Your Files Tap N gt IE File Manager 2 Tap i gt Sort and then choose a sorting option Copy or Move Your Files Tap N gt aT E File Manager 2 Browse for and select the file or folder you want to copy or move 3 Tap COPY or MOVE TO Useful Features 214 4 Tap 5 and then browse for the folder where you want to copy or move the files Or tap a gt Create folder to create a new folder 5 Tap PASTE Make Files as Favorites 1 Tap D 335 TFile Manager N Browse for the file or folder 3 Select items to favorite 4 Tap Tip To remove an item from the Favorites tab select the item and tap Remove from favorites Delete Files or Folders Tap N 5a kasi File Manager 2 Select items to delete 3 Tap DELETE Voice Recorder Use Voice Recorder to capture information during lectures interviews or even to create your own audio log Record Your Voice Start creating voice memos on your phone 1 Tap
37. Tap Google Location Reporting 4 Tap Location Reporting and Location History to turn these settings on or off HTC Location Services Select this option to set your home and work address for precise location and personal usage with HTC Sense Home 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Location 3 Tap HTC Location Services 4 Set your home and work address Security Settings Use the Security settings to help increase your phone security privacy and more Screen Lock Settings You can increase the security of your phone by creating a screen lock When enabled you will be asked to draw the correct unlock pattern on the screen enter the correct PIN or enter the correct password to unlock the phone s control keys buttons and touchscreen You can also use face recognition to unlock your screen Enable or Disable the Lock and Security Screens 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Security 3 TapScreen lock to show the lock screen and not the security screen 4 Tap No lock screen to disable both the lock and security screens Settings 248 Use Face Unlock Smart Lock a DP m gt O Tips O Settings Tap Screen lock and then select and set up a screen lock This will be your backup screen lock method to use in case the phone doesn t recognize you or a trusted device On the Security screen tap Smart Lock Confirm your screen lock Tap Trusted face Tap SET UP gt NEXT and follow the screen instructions Tap Lock phone
38. Tap OK R n e You can now make and receive phone calls and send and receive text messages over Wi Fi Make a Call Using Wi Fi Calling Call your contacts using Wi Fi Calling 4 1 Tap gt 2 Enter the phone number of the contact and then tap CALL WI FI 3 To hang Up tap END CALL WI FI Turn Off Wi Fi Calling Turn Wi Fi Calling off when you don t need it 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap the Wi Fi Calling ON OFF switch Call Settings Your phone s Call settings menu lets you configure your voicemail options and a number of accessibility options such as hearing aid amplification and teletypewriter Call Settings Options See Call Settings for details Change Ringtone Settings You can change how your phone alerts you when you receive calls Switch Between Silent Vibrate and Normal Modes To change from silent to normal mode press the Volume Up button To change from vibrate to normal mode press the Volume Up button twice Phone App 100 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap gt Sound amp notification gt Sound profile Lower the Ring Volume Automatically Your phone has a quiet ring feature that automatically lowers the ring volume when you move it 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap gt Sound amp notification 2 Select the Quiet ring on pickup option Make Your Phone Ring Louder in Your Pocket or Bag To help av
39. YES to confirm Your app is uninstalled and the charge is cancelled Update an App Depending on your settings many apps will update automatically or you can update apps directly from the Play Store app Update an App Directly 1 Tap I5 1225 gt Play Store 2 Tap gt My apps 3 Tap the app you want to update and then tap UPDATE gt ACCEPT The app update is downloaded and installed Set Automatic Updates 1 Tap gt Play Store 2 Tap gt Settings gt Auto update apps 3 Tapanauto update option such as auto update apps over Wi Fionly Note Automatic updates are unavailable for some apps Uninstall an App You can uninstall any app that you have downloaded and installed from Google Play 1 Tap I5 1125 gt Play Store 2 Tap gt My apps Basic Operations 48 3 Onthe INSTALLED tab tap the app you want to uninstall and then tap UNINSTALL gt OK The app is uninstalled and removed from your phone Get Help with Google Play The Google Play store app offers an online help option if you have questions or want to know more about the app 1 Tap gt Play Store 2 Tap gt Help amp Feedback The Web browser will take you to the Google Play Help Web page where you will find comprehensive categorized information about Google Play Lock and Unlock Your Screen Your phone allows you to quickly turn the screen off when not in use and to turn it back on and unlock it when
40. You can change the apps on the launch bar at the bottom of the Home screen See Customize the Launch Bar Basic Operations 27 m You can add an onscreen navigation key See Onscreen Navigation Keys for details Tapseeto see all apps installed on your phone Tip While you re in another screen or app tap DN to return to the last Home screen you visited Onscreen Navigation Keys Your phone has onscreen navigation keys at the bottom of the screen which rotate when you change the orientation The onscreen navigation keys do not show up when the screen is off when you re on the Camera viewfinder screen or when you chose to hide it Standard Navigation Keys Go to the previous screen HomeQ DD Gotoihe Home screen Recent apps cl Show the thumbnails of the most recently used apps and Google Chrome tabs Customizable Navigation Key You can add a fourth navigation key 1 Tap 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Personalize gt Change navigation buttons 3 Select the fourth navigation key Turn off screen Puts the phone to sleep mode Auto rotate za Turn auto rotate screen on or off Notifications Shows the notification list Hide Hides the navigation bar Quick settings Jo Shows the available Quick Settings 4 Drag the key to the desired position on the onscreen navigation bar 5 TapDONE Tip Swipe up from any of the navigation keys to access Google Search Basic Operations 28 Get to Know Yo
41. You just need to turn this feature on in the camera settings 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen 2 Tap 88 gt Selfie 3 Onthe Viewfinder screen tap B to show the camera options 4 Tap Camera options 5 Select the Auto Selfie option and then tap 5 l 6 Pose and frame yourself on the Viewfinder screen 7 To take your selfie automatically look at the front camera and then e Stay still until the white box turns green on the Viewfinder screen e Or smile at the camera Hold your smile for a few seconds until your shot is taken Using Voice Selfie Voice Selfie lets you easily take photo or video selfies using voice control You just need to turn this feature on in the camera settings Camera and Video 152 Note This feature may not be available in all languages 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen 2 Tap 88 gt Selfie 3 On the Viewfinder screen tap 3 to show the camera options 4 Tap Camera options 5 Select the Voice Selfie option and then tap 5 6 Pose and frame yourself on the Viewfinder screen 7 Look at the front camera and then e Say Say Cheese or Capture to take a photo selfie e Say Action or Rolling to record a video selfie Tip You can also use voice capture with the main camera Switch to Camera mode and then turn on Voice capture in the camera settings Take Photos with the Self timer When you use the self timer the Camera app counts down before taking the
42. and tap AY 3 Once you have established the connection tap a gt Add call and dial the second number This puts the first caller on hold and dials the second number Tip You can add a call even if the first call was an incoming call 4 When you re connected to the second party tap a Phone App 96 If one of the people you called hangs up during your call you and the remaining caller stay connected If you initiated the call and are the first to hang up all callers are disconnected Toend the three way call tap END CALL Caller ID Blocking Caller ID identifies a caller before you answer the phone by displaying the number of the incoming call lf you do not want your number displayed when you make a call follow these steps 1 TapQ gt ty za Tap P mno J Pars l 3 Enter a phone number 4 Tap CALL To permanently block your number call Sprint Customer Service Call Waiting When you re on a call Call Waiting alerts you to incoming calls by sounding two beeps Your phone s screen informs you that another call is coming in and displays the caller s phone number if it is available and you are in digital mode To respond to an incoming call while you re on a call Tapa Flash This puts the first caller on hold and answers the second call To switch back to the first caller Tapa Flash again Note For those calls where you don t want to be interrupted you can temporarily disable Call
43. appears 2 Do any of the following Messaging and Internet 126 e Tap an email message to read e Toswitch between email folders or accounts or view email messages from all your accounts tap a vm ya ae YO m T aja ACCOUNLS 2nd Ce Ca 21 KA All acoounts 3 m ngi Aa Pr ma enn ler Sinai NT iel Inbox Sent ltems lermnifer Singh Drafts jennifer Sangentihte com Outbox TUITE e To display email messages in another mail folder tap a gt Folder and then tap the folder you want to view e Torefresh the inbox pull down the screen a e To change an email account s settings select the account and then tap gt Settings Organize Your Inbox Organize your email messages into tabs and quickly find the messages you want 1 2 TapQ gt IE N Mail Switch to the email account that you want to use a In the inbox tap a gt Edit tabs Select the tabs you want to add to the inbox To arrange the tabs drag and then move the tab to its new location TapDONE Swipe to the added tab to check your email messages Messaging and Internet 127 Send an Email Message Send an email message to your contacts using an email account in Mail 1 TaplI 51225 Y Mail 2 Switch to the email account that you want to use 3 Tap 4 Fill in one or more recipients Tip If you want to send a carbon copy Cc or a blind carbon copy Bcc of the email to other recipients tap a gt Show
44. are usually opened directly in a compatible application For example if you open a music track it starts playing in the Music app For a vCalendar file select the calendar where you want to save the event and then tap Import The vCalendar is added to your Calendar events For more information see Calendar For a vCard contact file you can choose to import one several or all of those contacts to your contacts list Share Content with NFC With built in NFC near field communication on your phone you can share content to someone s mobile phone in an instant Beam a webpage you re viewing contact information and more by just holding your phone and the other phone back to back Connectivity 228 Note You can also use NFC for contactless payment Contact Sprint to find out about the availability of NFC payment services Turn NFC On Before you can beam content to another NF C capable device you need to enable NFC on your phone 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap 2 Under Wireless amp Networks tap More 3 Tap the NFC ON OFF switch to turn it on and off Beam Content Make sure that both devices are unlocked and have NFC turned on If the other device has an Android Beam option make sure it is also turned on 1 While viewing the content that you want to share hold your phone and the other phone back to back Tip Make sure that the NFC area shaded part of your phone
45. day agenda or week view touch and hold an event and then tap Share via 3 Choose how you want to send the event Tip You can also forward accepted meeting invitations from your Exchange ActiveSync calendar While viewing an event tap a gt Forward Compose your email message and then send it Accept or Decline a Meeting Invitation Switch to the Invites view to see meeting invitations which you have not yet accepted or declined Note You must set up an Exchange ActiveSync account to receive meeting invitations in Calendar 1 Tap Calendar 2 Tap W gt Invites and then tap a meeting invitation 3 Accept decline or tentatively accept the invitation or propose a new time E Tip Tap to choose from more options such as moving the invitation to a folder If you need to cancel an accepted meeting invitation or propose a new time view the event details in Calendar and then tap RESPONSE Useful Features 189 Dismiss or Snooze Reminders If you have set at least one reminder for an event the upcoming event icon 1 will appear in the notifications area of the status bar to remind you 1 Open the Notifications panel 2 Ifthe notification shows that there are multiple reminders tap it to see all the reminders You can then choose to snooze or dismiss them 3 If you see a single event notification spread your two fingers on the notification to expand it You can then e Tap SNOOZE or DISMISS Or drag the notif
46. digital certificates to enable your phone to access VPN or secured Wi Fi networks and also to provide authentication to online servers You can get a certificate from your system administrator or download it from sites that require authentication Note Some apps such as your browser or email client let you install certificates directly in the app See the app s help for details Install a Digital Certificate Note You must set a lock screen PIN or password before installing a digital certificate 1 Save the certificate file in the root folder on your phone Tip 051155 O Settings Tap Security you have more than one certificate in the root folder select the certificate you want to install 2 3 4 Tap Install from storage 5 6 Enter a name for the certificate and tap OK Accessibility Settings Use these settings when you ve downloaded and installed an accessibility tool such as a screen reader that provides voice feedback You can turn accessibility functions or services on or off 1 Taplasiiis O Settings 2 Tap Accessibility and choose the settings you want Options include TalkBack Turn this option on if you want your phone to provide spoken feedback TalkBack helps blind and low vision users Switch Access Turn this option on if you want to control your phone using configurable key combinations Font size Tap this option to select a font size for better readability Captions Turn this option on an
47. enable location sources For more information on location services see Location Setting Note The Google Maps application does not cover every country or city Useful Features 181 Get Around Maps When you open Google Maps you can easily find your location on the map or check out nearby places by panning and zooming in and out on the map 1 TapQ gt 22 gt Zi maps A 2 Tap to show your current location The blue marker or shows your location on the map 3 Tap to turn Compass mode on In Compass mode the map orients itself depending on the direction you re facing To exit Compass mode tap O 4 Ifyou want to see more information overlaid on the map tap and then tap a map view such as Traffic or Public transit to toggle the view on and off Navigate the Map Navigate the map using finger gestures Slide your finger on any direction to pan Double tap the map or slide two fingers apart over an area to zoom in To zoom in while holding the phone with one hand double tap with your thumb and hold the second tap and then drag your thumb down Double tap the map with two fingers or slide two fingers together over an area to zoom out To zoom out while holding the phone with one hand double tap with your thumb and hold the second tap and then drag your thumb up Touch and hold an area with two fingers and then drag your fingers in a circular motion to rotate the map Touch and hold an area with two
48. fingers and then swipe up to see an angled view of the map Swipe down to return to overhead view Search for a Location In Google Maps you can search for a location such as an address or a type of business or establishment for example museums 1 Tap I5 115 ZI Maps 2 Tap the search box and then enter the place you want to search for 3 Tap lt 1 on the keyboard or tap a suggested search item If there is only one search result it will be marked with a place marker Y Useful Features 182 Robinswood Park 42 keke TI Park 0 9 rm Urban park with ball fields amp a Newport Hills Park Park 2 6 m Community resource for play amp sports Any rating FILTER 4 fthere are multiple search results they will be indicated by red dots or smart map icons Swipe up from the bottom to see all of the search results 5 If available tap FILTER to narrow the search results 6 Tap a card from the search results to check the address get directions see the location in Street View if available and more 7 Tocheck the next or previous location on the search swipe the info sheet left or right To clear the map and search another location swipe down the info sheet if it s expanded and then tap X Get Directions Get detailed directions to your destination Google Maps provides travel directions by car public transit bike or foot 1 Tap I5 115 ZI Maps 2 Tap 3 Choose how you want to get to
49. fingers apart or together on the image to adjust the image size inside the mask 7 Tap to open the toolbar 8 Tap choose a different blending option for the selected layer and then tap gt 9 Tap gt 4 and then tap a setting to adjust its values 10 If you want to adjust your photo to blend with the image fill tap Pag to switch from the image fill layer to the photo layer 11 Tapa setting and drag the slider to adjust its values and then tap gt l 12 Tap SY to save changes The edited photo is saved as a new photo The original photo remains unedited Camera and Video 174 Prismatic Got a bright and colorful image Use Prismatic effect for fresh crystal prism patterns 1 Tap N gt e gt kd Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit Inthe slideout menu that opens tap Effects gt A PRISMATIC oO N Choose a prismatic pattern to apply to your photo 4 Tap Mito switch to the shape layer You should see the shape layer icon LY ui Do any of the following e Drag the shape to move it e Drag your fingers apart or together on the shape to adjust its size e Touch and hold the shape with two fingers and then drag your fingers in a circular motion to rotate it e Tap Jto return to the image layer O image to adjust its size and then drag your fingers apart or together on the 6 Tap to open the toolbar 7 Tap 4 adjust the settings for your photo layer a
50. following options e Tap Use home screen wallpaper or tap Use custom wallpaper to select a photo from Gallery e Tap Themes to use a wallpaper stored in your Theme s gallery See Themes for details e Tap Photos to select a wallpaper from photos stored in Google Photos app Set a Screen Lock Help protect your personal information and help prevent others from using HTC One M9 without your permission Choose to set a screen lock pattern numeric PIN or other means of securing your phone You ll be asked to unlock the screen every time HTC One M9 is turned on or when it s idle for a certain period of time 1 Tap N s3285 O Settings gt Security 2 TapScreen lock 3 Select a screen lock option and set up the screen lock 4 Tap Lock phone after then specify the idle time before the screen is locked You can also clear Make pattern visible or Make passwords visible if you don t want your screen lock to display as you enter it onscreen Set up Smart Lock Set up your phone to detect your face or another trusted device before you can unlock the screen 1 Tap N s3285 O Settings gt Security 2 Tap Screen lock and then select and set up a screen lock This will be your backup screen lock method to use in case the phone doesn t recognize you or a trusted device 3 Onthe Security screen tap Smart Lock 4 Confirm your screen lock Your Phone Interface 69 5 Tap Trusted face and follow the onscreen instructions 6
51. from a wide selection of emojis sm Show or hide navigational arrow keys on the keyboard If you enable the arrow keys in Settings they ll only appear on the portrait keyboard And since everyone has their own typing style you can calibrate the keyboard in so it learns how you type See Calibrate the Keyboard Enter Text by Typing on the HTC Sense Keyboard The onscreen keyboard becomes available when you tap a text field in an app Enter letters and numbers change the keyboard layout or language and more Basic Operations 39 zxlc v binm JS o 4 12 EN i KASE el Tap the keys on the onscreen keyboard to enter letters and numbers as well as punctuation marks and symbols e Tap N to enter an uppercase letter Tap A twice to turn on caps lock e Tap and hold keys with gray characters at the top to enter numbers symbols or accented letters Some keys have multiple characters or accents associated with them e Swipe right to show number and symbol keys To return to the main keyboard swipe left e If you selected multiple keyboard language swipe left from the main keyboard to switch to the other keyboard language e On supported apps turn the phone sideways to show a larger Standard keyboard that lets you type easily using two thumbs e Tap N to close the onscreen keyboard Tip To open the keyboard settings touch and hold the comma key until you see above the key Or go to Settings gt Language a
52. is playing browse for other tracks 2 Doany ofthe following e Browse for the album or playlist that you want touch and hold it and then tap Add to queue e Browse for an artist or song and then tap ssa gt Add to queue The songs you ve added appear on the QUEUE tab Update Album Covers and Artist Photos Note To save on data usage you might want to connect to a Wi Fi network when updating your album covers and artist photos In Music settings select Wi Fi only 1 Tap 3511154 Music 2 Swipe to the ARTISTS or ALBUMS tab 3 Tapa Update artist photos or Update album art E If you want your phone to automatically check and update your music collection tap mon the Music app s main screen and then tap Settings Select Album art and Artist photos Set a Song as a Ringtone Pick a song from your Music library and set it as your ringtone or as ringtone for a favorite contact 1 Taplasiiis Music 2 Play the song that you want to set as a ringtone 3 Tapa Set as ringtone 4 Tap Phone ringtone or Contact ringtone If you select Contact ringtone choose the contacts you want to associate the ringtone with Trim an MP3 Ringtone Use the Music app s ringtone trimmer if you want to set only a part of the song as ringtone Useful Features 198 1 When you find the song that you want tap a gt Set as ringtone gt Trim the ringtone Ringtone Trimmer 00 4 CANCEL SET AS 2 Drag the trim sliders
53. latest message you ve received from this contact 1 Tap gt Messages 2 Onthe All messages screen tap a contact or phone number to display the exchange of messages with that contact 3 Tapa Recipient phone number and select which phone number you want to reply to 4 Tap the Add text box and then enter your reply message 5 Tap a Forward a Message 1 Tap gt Messages 2 Onthe All messages screen tap a contact or phone number to display the exchange of messages with that contact 3 Tap the message and then tap Forward Receive Text Messages From Contacts Using an iPhone If you have just migrated your contacts from an iPhone to your new HTC phone your contacts may still be texting you through iMessage and not through SMS or MMS To receive text messages from your contacts who are using an iPhone you must unregister the phone number you used on your old iPhone from your Apple support profile Or if you still have your old iPhone turn off the service in iMessage settings View and Save an Attachment from a Multimedia Message When you receive a multimedia message you can view and save files that are attached to it a If there s a media attachment such as a photo or video in a received message tap it to view the content To save the attachment touch and hold the multimedia message and then choose to save the type of attachment from the options menu Ifthe attachment is a contact
54. location Like and comment on friends posts and more YouTube View videos uploaded to YouTube and upload your own videos to your YouTube account Watch YouTube Videos 1 TapQ gt eee EB youtube 2 Browse or search for a video 3 Tap the one you want to watch 4 While watching a video you can e Turnthe phone sideways to watch the video in full screen e Tap the video screen to pause resume playback or drag the slider to jump to a different part of the video e Scroll down the video information panel to see the description related videos or comments from other viewers e Browse other videos by minimizing the video screen Tap or drag the video screen down to minimize To close the video thumbnail swipe it left or right Tip If you want to watch the video at a later time tap and then tap Watch later You can access the video again from your account profile s Watch Later list Search for Videos 1 TapQ gt gt YouTube 2 Tap Q 3 In the search box enter the words you want to search for As you type matching items are shown as a list Tip Tap to enter it in the search box New suggestions appear and you can enter more text or tap beside a subsequent suggestion to quickly refine your search Useful Features 194 4 fwhat you re searching for is in the list of suggestions tap the item 5 To show results which were just recently posted Tap tap All time and then select a time perio
55. messages in your inbox you can easily search for that important email 1 TapQ gt gt Y Mail 2 Tap Q 3 Ifyou want to refine or filter your search tap check the search options and then tap OK For example you can focus the search on a part of an email or filter email messages that have attachments or tagged as high priority 4 In the search box enter the words you want to search for 5 Tap a result to open the email message Search Emails From a Contact Search emails from a contact when you remember the sender but can t find that particular message 1 Tap I5 15 Y Mail 2 Switch to the email account you want to use 3 Touch and hold an email message from a contact 4 TapShow all mail from sender A list of email messages from that contact appears Work with Exchange ActiveSync Email Enjoy the powerful email features of Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync right on your phone Flag important email messages set your out of the office reply or send invites to your next team meeting while you re on the go Messaging and Internet 130 Flag Email Messages 1 2 3 Tap 51125 Y Mail Switch to your Exchange ActiveSync email account While viewing your Exchange ActiveSync email inbox tap the flag icon that appears on the right of an email message or conversation T he icon turns red after you flagged the email or conversation Tip To flag an email message inside a conversation tap to expand the c
56. more keywords when needed 8 If you need to remove a tag you ve added just tap the tag and then tap OK 9 Tap SAVE Tip To tag a single photo or video touch and hold the photo or video Tap Add tag and then enter your keywords View Tagged Photos and Videos 1 TapQ gt tt gt Gallery 2 Ta gt Tags You ll see tiles of your used tags with numbers that indicate how many photos and videos belong to each tag Camera and Video 162 3 Tap atile to open it and view tagged photos and videos Rename a Tag You can rename a tag that you ve already added to your photos and videos 1 Tap Gallery 2 Tap gt Tags 3 Find the tile of the tag you want to rename then tap sam Rename tag 4 Type the new tag name in the text field then tap lt 5 Tap OK to save your changes Remove Tags 1 Tap Gallery 2 Tap gt Tags 3 Find the tile of the tag you want to modify 4 To untag photos and videos tap the tile and then tap a gt Remove tag Select the items then tap Remove 5 To completely delete a tag tap sas in the tile then tap Remove tag Note Deleting a tag will not delete any of your photos and videos Search for Photos and Videos You can search the Gallery using tags and photo locations 1 Tap Gallery 2 TapQ 3 Inthe search field type a tag or a location associated with the photo or video you re looking for You can also search for photo taken on a specific date
57. or more messages or conversations You can then tap the onscreen buttons at the top bar to archive delete or mark the selected messages or conversations Messaging and Internet 123 O nodes New 9 Anges Wang iz Jason Holt 2 Draft Mow 17 le Sales report Charles Collins Mew 16 Lunch this Tuesday T D Charles Calling Manage Gmail Messages Your phone gives you control over how you manage your Gmail messages with labels thread management search capabilities adding multiple Google Accounts and more Reply To or Forward an Email Message Use your Gmail Account to reply to or forward email messages 1 Tap gt gt Mi Gmail 2 Tap the email message or conversation 3 Toreply to the sender tap Sa Or tap and choose whether to Reply all or Forward 4 Doone of the following e Ifyou are replying to the sender or you selected Reply all enter your reply message e If you selected Forward specify the message recipients Note Tap RESPOND INLINE if you want to interleave your new message with the received email However this removes any attachments or formatting in the original email message 5 Tap to send Add a Gmail Account If you have two or more Gmail accounts you can add them on your phone and easily switch between accounts in Gmail Messaging and Internet 124 To add another Gmail account see Create a Google Account Get Help with Gmail Find out more about how to use Gmail In
58. phone 1 TapQ gt gt Ef twitter The Twitter app launches e If this is the first time you ve used Twitter on your phone tap Log in to sign in to an existing account or tap Sign up to set up anew Twitter account 2 Tap the What s happening text box type a tweet and tap TWEET The tweet is sent and appears on your Twitter feed Facebook Post updates read what your friends are up to upload pictures and check ins and more with on the go Facebook access Install the Facebook App on Your Phone Before you use Facebook on your phone you must download and install the app from the Google Play Store app 1 Tap I5 1115 gt Play Store 2 Tap Q and search for facebook 3 Tap Facebook from the results list 4 Tap INSTALL and then tap ACCEPT 5 When the download has completed tap OPEN To open the app from the Home screen tap gt f Facebook Use Facebook Once you ve downloaded the app and signed in you can post and read updates upload pictures tag locations and more all from your phone 1 Tap ki Facebook Useful Features 193 The Facebook app launches e If this is the first time you ve used Facebook on your phone enter your Facebook ID and password and tap LOG IN to sign in to an existing account or tap Sign Up for Facebook to set up a new Facebook account 2 Tap STATUS and type an update tap PHOTO and upload a picture from the gallery tap CHECKIIN to share your
59. screen 3 Choose the device you want to connect to Choose where to play media My Phone OTHER SPEAKERS OA TVS Pioneer V5X 824 SBWD FEBZZC SBWDT004 Mina devige APAC RICE terete BT device REBECCA_C m N i UEY Tar ii wa LETE 5 CANCEL SCAN 4 Once connected use your phone to control the volume pause or resume playback and more 5 Tostop wireless media sharing and disconnect from the device swipe down with three fingers on the screen Connectivity 231 Stream Music to Speakers Powered by Qualcomm AliPlay Media Platform Before you start make sure your AllPlay speakers are connected to your Wi Fi network Refer to the documentation that comes with your speakers to set up and connect them to your Wi Fi network 1 After connecting your AllPlay speakers to your Wi Fi network open a music app on your phone 2 Swipe up with three fingers on the screen Your phone then turns Wi Fi on automatically and scans for media devices on your Wi Fi network You ll then see the available AllPlay speakers listed 3 Tap the speaker you want to connect to 4 In the music app that you re using start playing music You ll then hear the music play from the speaker you ve selected 5 To switch between AllPlay speakers or to group speakers swipe up the screen again with three fingers e Just tap another speaker to stream music to it e To group speakers so that music plays through them at
60. see Voicemail Traditional 1 TapQ gt gt Bi Voicemail 2 Tap Personalize now and follow the voice prompts to Phone App 93 e Create a password part of standard voicemail e Record your name announcement e Record your greeting 3 When prompted to enter information use the onscreen dialpad to enter your numeric responses Important Voicemail Password Sprint strongly recommends that you create a password when setting up your voicemail to help protect against unauthorized access Without a password anyone who has access to your phone is able to access your voicemail messages 4 Once you have completed the setup process return to the voicemail page see step 1 5 Tap the Welcome to Voicemail message on the screen to play a brief explanation of the voicemail services Review Visual Voicemail Visual Voicemail lets you easily access and select which messages you want to review 1 Tap Dis Sd Voicemail 2 Tapa message Message d of 5 o About Voicemail 16 Text Visual Voicemall to Text is an add on Service available to Visual Voicemail customers This service allows you to have your voicemail systematically transcribed fram voice into text and then presented within the Visual Voicemail client 3 While reviewing a voicemail message you can e Tap gt to play or PL to pause the voicemail e Tap df Or Li to turn the speakerphone on or off during playback If the speakerphone feature was enabl
61. selecting onscreen options and more 1 Tap 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Sound 8 notification 3 Select or customize options under the System menu e Keypad touch tones Select the short tones to use e Touch sounds Play sounds when making an onscreen selection e Screen lock sounds Play sounds when locking or unlocking the screen e Pulltorefresh sounds Play sounds when pulling the screen down to refresh content e Vibrate on touch Vibrate when tapping soft keys and during certain other instances e Emergency tone Set behavior when an emergency call is placed Notification Flash Notifications Tap this option to select when you want the Front Indicator Light LED to light up 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Sound 8 notification 3 Tap Flash notifications and then select Always or When screen is off Notification App Light Notifications Tap this option to select which app events you want the Front Indicator Light LED to light up and notify you 1 Tip 051155 O Settings 2 Tap Sound 8 notification 3 Tap App light notifications 4 Tapan app for which you want to see the Front Indicator Light LED to light up Notification Lock Screen Notifications These additional options let you choose how to display app notifications on the lock screen 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Sound 8 notification Settings 263 3 Tap App notifications 4 Select an app whose notifications you want to appear on the lock screen
62. service carrier for a specific country 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap gt Mobile data 2 Make sure the check boxes are selected for International LTE Data and Allow GSM data 3 Tap Available GSM networks gt Search networks 4 Select a specific operator Data roaming on GSM UMTS networks is set Access Email and Data Services Internationally on CDMA Networks If data service is available on an international CDMA network then you only need to set the phone to CDMA you will not need to select the specific carrier Selecting a specific carrier is only necessary for providers on the GSM network If your phone has automatically selected a GSM network while traveling then you will need to set the phone to CDMA to access CDMA data services See Enable Global Roaming Mode Visit sprint com sww for a list of services available in each country Contact Sprint for Assistance with International Service If you experience any issues with voice or data services while outside of the United States Sprint offers customer support 24 hours a day In the event that you do experience an issue try the following actions a First try powering your phone off and then back on this will force your phone to reregister with the network Global Services 239 a Try manually selecting another network Information for selecting networks can be found in the phone guide If neither of these actions resolves your i
63. shot You can set the countdown time 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen 2 Tap 00 gt Selfie 3 Onthe Viewfinder screen tap to show the camera options 4 Tap a if you see this icon and then tap the countdown time that you want 5 To start the timer tap The camera takes the photo after the countdown Take Selfies with Photo Booth Take several selfies and combine them into a single picture 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen o0 2 Tap0057 Photo Booth If you don t see this mode tap ADD gt Photo Booth to add it first to the capture modes 3 On the Viewfinder screen tap gt HA and then choose a layout for your selfies 4 To start capturing tap NY Camera and Video 153 The Camera app will take four selfies capturing each shot every 2 seconds You can change your pose for every shot Split Capture Use the Split Capture mode to capture your selfie and the scenery in front of you The split screen shot can either be both photos or both videos 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen 09 2 Tap 00 gt Split Capture If you don t see this mode tap ADD gt Split Capture to add it first to the capture modes 3 Drag the handle at the middle of the Viewfinder screen to adjust the size of the windows 4 Tap to toggle between the following options L Asynchronous shot Separately capture photos or videos with the main and front cameras
64. sure the battery is adequately charged before beginning an update A weak signal or low battery during an update may cause the update to fall An update failure may disable the phone Other functions during update Other phone functions cannot be used during a software update Update Your Phone Software You can update your phone s software using the System updates option Before Updating Your Phone Updating your phone may result in a loss of saved data depending on the condition of your phone malfunctioning damaged water seepage etc You must back up all critical information before updating your phone firmware Basic Operations 50 Note Updating your phone firmware may not permanently erase all data from your phone including personal information Back Up All Data Prior to Update To back up your Gmail information 1 Tap s3225 O Settings gt Accounts amp sync 2 Do any ofthe following e Turn on the Autosync option When Auto sync is on Gmail email Calendar and Contacts automatically synchronize whenever a change is made e Tap Google select the Google Account you want to back up and then select the items you mi want to synchronize Tap a gt Sync now to sync your Google Account information To back up your Google applications Applications you ve purchased from Google Play are reloaded remotely and can be re installed after the update is applied After the update make sure that you add your Google Accoun
65. the backup you want to restore and then tap DONE Tap W next to All apps select which apps you want restored on your new phone and then tap DONE Tap NEXT o Ifyou don t want to restore any backup tap W next to the backed up device name select Set up as new device and the tap DONE Tap NEXT e Google location Choose whether to use Google s location service For more information see Location Setting and Google Location Reporting e Transfer or restore content If you want to transfer content from an old phone to your new HTC phone choose Transfer content See Transfer Content to Your New Phone Or if you want to restore your apps and settings from a backup you ve created in your online storage select Restore from HTC Backup and sign in to your HTC Account See Restore Your Backup From Your Online Storage to Your New Phone e HTC Backup This screen shows apps social accounts contacts and more that you ve set up and gives you the option to back up your phone daily to your online storage For more information see Backup Get Started 21 e Accounts 8 sync Set up your email and social network accounts including Google Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Mail HTC Account LinkedIn Outlook com Twitter and Instagram e Nameandsecure your phone Give your new phone a name or set up a screen lock to help secure your phone e Personalize HTC Sense Home Choose to share your location and personal usage data for relevant apps a
66. these accounts on your phone Exchange ActiveSync Facebook Google HTC Account Instagram for HTC Sense Linkedln for HTC Sense Mail Outlook com Scribble and Twitter 5 Enter your account information and follow screen instructions to proceed Depending on the account type you may need to enter an email address or user address password domain name or other information For Exchange ActiveSync accounts contact your server administrator to determine what information you will need Add an Exchange ActiveSync Account You can use this menu to add an Exchange ActiveSync account on your phone so you can send and receive email from your corporate email address See Add an Email Account Add Email Accounts Use the Accounts amp sync menu to add new email accounts on your phone 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Accounts 8 sync Settings 245 3 Tap gt Mail and then enter your email address and password 4 Tap NEXT to continue with regular setup or tap MANUAL SETUP if your account requires additional customization 5 Enter an account name and your name and then tap FINISH SETUP You can also use the Mail app to set up additional email accounts For more information see Add an Email Account Add One or More Google Accounts Sign in to your Google Account to see your Gmail contacts and calendars and to use Google apps on your phone See Add a Gmail Account Forgot Your Google Account Password If you have fo
67. to the part where you want the video to begin and end Camera and Video 165 6 Tap gt to preview your trimmed video 7 Tap SAVE The trimmed video is saved as a new file The original video remains unedited Save a Photo From a Video It s easy to save a still shot from a video E Tap Gallery 2 When you see the video you want tap it to play in full screen 3 While watching the video tap to capture a still shot You can also pause the playback and drag the slider to the image you want before tapping 7 View a Zoe in Gallery When you view a group of photos and videos such as in an album Gallery automatically composes a Zoe A Zoe is a collection of photos and videos that Gallery has preselected with added background music and special effects 1 Tip 05115 Gallery 2 Tap and then choose how you want to view your photos and videos Note If you are in Timeline view you need to go to the Events or ES Year tab 3 Tap atile to open a group of photos and videos You llthen see a preview of the Zoe play automatically If you want to edit the Zoe in the Zoe app tap the Zoe tile in portrait view To learn more about the Zoe app go to zoe com help One Gallery See all your photos and videos in one place With One Gallery you can view all the photos and videos that are stored on your phone as well as on favored online services right from the Gallery app on your phone What s more you can easily find s
68. to the related app 2 Tosee the entire list of notifications on the lock screen swipe down on the lock screen You can tap on a blank area of the screen to return to the lock screen 3 Swipe left or right on the notification to remove it Your Phone Interface 70 4 Touch and hold a notification to see more related information 5 Tap to prioritize or block notifications from the related app HTC BlinkFeed Notifications From time to time you ll see HTC BlinkFeed notifications such as a suggestion for a nearby restaurant or a recommended article 1 Double tap the notification to see the full notification For restaurant recommendations tap 9 or the notification text 2 Tap the notification again to get more information about the restaurant recommendation or to read the article in HTC BlinkFeed Tip If you don t want to see restaurant recommendations on your lock screen go to HTC BlinkFeed and then tap gt gt Settings gt Notification on lockscreen Then clear the Meal time bundle option Themes Themes brings a quick and easy way for you to customize your phone with wallpapers sounds icons and more Log in with your HTC Account to browse from the available themes in the Themes store or make your own Download Themes Find and download pre made themes that make it easy for you to personalize your phone 1 TapQ gt it gt Themes 2 Tap GET STARTED 3 Sign in with your preferred account 4
69. use the controls to switch capture modes add filters set the flash and more o KO Camera scenes Choose a scene to use for taking photos o Ka Video mode Choose a scene to use for recording videos 3 Atas ISO level Choose an ISO level or set it back to Auto Higher ISO works best in low light conditions Exposure setting Choose an exposure setting Higher exposure settings capture more light for your photos or videos AWB White balance setting Choose a white balance setting that matches your current lighting environment o Settings Choose from more basic and advanced camera settings Choose a Capture Mode Switch to a capture mode to use for taking photos or videos OO On the Viewfinder screen tap 00 and then tap a capture mode Swipe across the Viewfinder screen to switch between capture modes e In landscape view swipe from the top or bottom edge of the screen e In portrait view swipe from the left or right edge of the screen Zooming Before taking a photo or video slide two fingers apart to zoom in or together to zoom out a When you re recording video you can freely zoom in or out while recording Camera and Video 146 Choose a Flash Mode On the Viewfinder screen tap the flash icon to choose a flash mode When using Flash on or Auto flash mode the camera intelligently sets the best flash brightness for your photo Use the Volume Buttons for Taking Photos and Videos I
70. you need it Turn the Screen Off When Not in Use a To quickly turn the screen off press the Power Lock button Pressing the Power Lock button again or receiving an incoming call will turn on your phone screen and show the lock screen To save battery power the phone automatically turns off the screen after a certain period of time when you leave it idle You will still be able to receive messages and calls while the phone s screen is off Note For information on how to adjust the time before the screen turns off see Display 8 Gestures Settings Unlock the Screen Unlock the screen to receive an incoming call or to access your phone 1 When the screen is off press the Power Lock button to show the lock screen 2 You can either e Drag the lock icon ch Up Basic Operations 49 e Flick a shortcut icon up to directly launch the app Tip If you ve set an event reminder or an alarm you can snooze or dismiss the event or alarm right from the lock screen Just drag or x Up Update Your Phone From time to time updates may become available for your phone You can download and apply updates through the Settings 5 System updates menu J Software Update Cautions During update The phone cannot be used until the software update is complete It may take time to update your phone s software Signal during update Update your phone where signal reception is good and do not change location during the update process Make
71. you want to view and then tap it Clear Your Browsing History 1 Tap gt Chrome 2 Tape History 3 Tap CLEAR BROWSING DATA 4 Select the browsing data you want to delete and then tap CLEAR Tip If you want to select which webpage entry to delete while on the History screen tap x next to the entry you want to delete Messaging and Internet 139 Private Browsing You can use incognito tabs to browse the Web with more privacy Browser cookies are not shared and are deleted when you close all incognito tabs Pages you view in incognito also won t appear in your browser history except for files you download 1 Tap D5 Cc Chrome 2 Tape gt New incognito tab 3 Tap the address bar at the top and enter search words for a Google search or a Web address URL as you would normally do on a new browser tab Tip To quickly close all incognito tabs swipe down the Notifications panel and then tap the Chrome notification Set Browser Options Customize the Web browser to suit your browsing style Set display privacy and security options when using the browser 1 Tap D gt Chrome 2 Tap gt Settings 3 Change the settings Chrome Support Find on phone help with Chrome 1 Tap D5 og Chrome 2 Tape Help amp Feedback AWeb page will open displaying Google help for Chrome Tip For more information from your computer visit google com Search for Information Start your search by ent
72. your destination 4 Use your current location as starting point or tap Your location to enter your starting point or select a location from your search history Useful Features 183 5 Tap Choose destination and then enter or select your destination Bb E Your locatio HTC America He via 9D E 24 min 19 min without ba Ng UT rri START NAVIGATION via b5 N and A E 31 min 19 min without totic 13 mi Note If you re taking public transit tap to set the date and time of travel or tap Options to set your route preferences 6 Tap a route or transit option to view the directions on the map You ll also see the travel duration on the info sheet at the bottom of the screen 7 Tap the info sheet to view the directions in a list When you re finished viewing or following the directions tap x to reset the map Your destination is automatically saved in the Google Maps history Get Help with Google Maps Get help and more information about Maps In Google Maps tap gt Help The Web browser opens and takes you to the Google Maps help site Scout Scout by Telenav is a daily personal navigator that helps you get where you re going It lets you see and hear turn by turn directions and it can provide important personalized information about traffic and alternate routes Note To find your location you need to enable location sources To learn how see Location Setting Useful Features 184 Instal
73. your phone while driving or operating the phone without a hands free device is prohibited in some jurisdictions Laws vary as to specific restrictions Remember that safety always comes first Launch HTC Car 1 HTC Car instantly launches when you mount the phone in the HTC Car Kit available see Z N separately You can also tap gt 33 gt Car 2 Swipe up or down to see what you can do in HTC Car Tip When using HTC Car return to the main screen from any other screen by tapping l When you remove your phone from HTC Car Kit HTC Car will automatically exit You can also manually close HTC Car by tapping D from the main screen Use Voice Commands in HTC Car Use your voice to control HTC Car 1 In HTC Car tap the screen with three fingers to activate voice command mode 2 Doone of the following e Call someone Say Call person s name in phonebook e Play music Say Play song title album artist name or genre e Play the radio Say Listen to song title artist name or genre e Find something on the map Say Find name of place address type of place Find Places Using HTC Car HTC Car helps you to find your way to where you want to go Easily find nearby restaurants and more HTC Car gives you the information you need so you wont get lost 1 In HTC Car tap Navigation 2 Tosearch for a place tap Q and enter a location in the search box 3 Tolook up a place that you ve previously searched for
74. your theme and tap OK to save your theme To apply the theme right away make sure you select the Apply this theme now option Edit a Theme After creating a theme you can still edit it Your Phone Interface 12 1 Tap Themes 2 Tap gt My themes gt My current theme 3 Makethe changes you wantto the theme 4 Tap SAVE to update the current theme Mix and Match Themes After selecting a theme you can mix and match parts from other themes such as sounds icons wallpapers and more Note To mix and match themes you need to first download theme components from the catalog 1 Tap C gt 22 gt Themes 2 Tap gt My themes gt My current theme 3 Tap Color and select a color scheme 4 Tap any of the other categories you want to change 5 Tap an item in the category If the category is empty tap W and choose one of the collections to select from 6 Tap Apply to apply the change to your current theme 7 Tap lt until you see the mix and match screen Continue making changes until you re satisfied with the result Lock screen wallpaper Home wallpaper All Apps wallpaper Message detail wallpaper SAVE COPY Your Phone Interface 73 8 Tap SAVE COPY to save your new theme or if you re editing a theme that you copied tap SAVE to save the changes Find Your Themes Themes you created or downloaded can be found in your theme collection You ll also find the theme you bookmarked
75. 0 TIES Voice Recorder 2 Hold the microphone near the sound source 3 Tap to start recording a voice clip Note Voice Recorder can run in the background while you do other things on your phone except when you open other applications that also use audio functions 4 Tap Mm to stop recording 5 To play back the voice clip tap gt Tip To see your recorded voice clips tap lt Touch and hold a voice clip to see options for sharing setting it as a ringtone and more Useful Features 215 HTC Dot View If you bought the HTC Dot View case designed for HTC One M9 use its app to personalize what s seen through the case Choose your wallpaper types of notifications to display and more Note The HTC Dot View app is available in Google Play Make sure to install the latest app update Change the HTC Dot View Wallpaper Choose a preset wallpaper or create your own dotted wallpaper from a photo 1 TaplA5 175 BIHTC Dot view 2 Tap Themes 3 Choose a preset pattern as your wallpaper To create your own wallpaper tap and then choose whether to use an existing photo from Gallery or take a new photo If you selected or taken a photo crop the photo and then tap DONE 4 Tap APPLY For best results when creating your own wallpaper use a simple image with distinct colors between the subject and background For example use an image that shows a high contrast subject on a simple background Useful Featur
76. 1155 O Settings 2 Tap Security 3 Tap Screen lock gt Password 4 Enter a password and tap CONTINUE 5 Enter your password again to confirm and tap OK If you fail to enter the correct password after five attempts you will be prompted to wait for 30 seconds before you can try again Lock Screen and Password Settings Increase your privacy by selecting what type of information you want to display on the lock screen You can also choose to make passwords invisible as you enter them on your phone 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Security 3 Doany ofthe following e Select the Incoming phone calls option to hide the private contact s name and photo on the lock screen See Private Contacts e Clear the Make passwords visible option recommended to make passwords invisible as you enter them on your phone Allow Installation of Third Party Programs By default you can install only programs and games downloaded from Google Play The Security menu lets you allow installation of non Play Store apps on your phone To allow installation of non Play Store apps on the phone 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Security 3 Select the Unknown sources option Settings 250 Important After installing the app go back to Settings 5 Security and make sure to clear the Unknown sources option This can help protect your phone from installing other insecure apps from the Web Work with Certificates Use client and Certificate Authority CA
77. 1155 O Settings 2 Tap Language amp keyboard gt HTC Sense Input 3 Change any of these settings e Keyboard selection Add or remove languages from the touch input language list o Bilingual prediction Activate word prediction for a second language e Enable or disable keyboard settings including sound and vibration feedback show or hide arrow keys and enable trace keyboard Advanced settings o Trace color Select the color to use when using the Trace keyboard o Quick Enable this option if you want to insert a period every time you double tap the space bar e Advanced settings Prediction preference o Word prediction Enable the word prediction feature o Next word prediction Turn on suggestion options for the next word while entering text e Advanced settings Finger touch calibration o Calibration tool Recalibrate the keyboard if you feel that the keys are not responding accurately to your taps o Reset calibration Reset the calibration back to factory default Settings 273 e Personal dictionary Add edit or remove words in the predictive text dictionary For more information see Enter Text with Word Prediction on the HTC Sense Keyboard e Tips 4 Help Get tips and help related to the onscreen keyboard Keyboard and Input Methods Google Voice Typing This option lets you choose the input language for Google voice typing block offensive words or download offline speech recognition 1 Taplasiiis O
78. 3 Fully insert the tray eject pin included in the box into the small hole next to the microSD card tray slot until the tray ejects Get Started 4 Pull the microSD card tray out and place the microSD card into the tray 5 Insert the microSD card tray back into the slot 6 Turn on the phone Unmount the SD Card Always unmount the SD card before removing it from your phone 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Storage 3 Under SD card tap Unmount SD card andthentap OK The menu option name changes from Unmount SD Card to Mount SD Card The card is now unmounted 4 Remove the microSD card See Remove SD Card Remove SD Card Follow these instructions to remove an SD card Always power the phone off before inserting or removing an SD card 1 Turn off the phone 2 Hold the phone face up 3 Fully insert the tray eject pin included in the box into the small hole next to the microSD card tray slot until the tray ejects Get Started 4 Gently pull the microSD card out of the slot 5 Replace the microSD card and tray Format SD Card When you insert an optional SD card for the first time it is recommended that you format it on your phone Note When you format or erase the microSD card the files CANNOT be retrieved To help prevent the loss of important data please check the contents before you erase the card Important Formatting or erasing the microSD card may not permanently erase all data fr
79. 52 Update Your PRL u 270000 0 0 mmama e cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 52 Your Phone Interface mmama mam mme mamia aa maai 53 Home Screen Basics 220 220000 ll aaa 53 Home Screen Layout maimam ma 02222222 222a 22ra 53 Extended Home Screens Widget Panels 2 2m22e 54 Status SIs AEO 54 Notifications Panel 0 0 cece cece 0 aaa kaaa 56 Manage App Notifications 22mm2mmmmmm mam mm mmama me ema 57 Front Indicator Light LED 20 mamaaa mmama ma lami ma aroaro meme 57 Change LED Notification Settings ccce eee eccececccceteeeteeeeees 58 HTC BlinkFeed Your Dynamic Home Screen 2 2 22 eee cee cece eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 58 Customize the Home Screen 222000000 ccc c cece ccc ceeececeeccccccceceeeeeeeeeeccecceeeeees 62 Change the Wallpaper 22 2 2 2 c cence cece e eee ecccecceeeeeeeeeeeeees 62 Customize the Launch Bar 22 22 22 cc aaa 63 Change Your Main Home Screen 63 Organize Your Widget Panels 2222 0 0 00 00 0 cece ccc cece ccccccceccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 64 Work with Widgets and App Shortcuts cece e cece ee cececeececeeeeeeee 64 HTC Sense Home Widget c ccc eccccecececeececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 66 Customize the Lock Screen cence cece cece ce
80. 54 Other Camera Features u mama ma mwm mm oao ar22 156 Camera Settings mme mmea aa emma 157 View Pictures and Videos Using Gallery 2222 0 0 02 0 0 0 cece cece cece cccccccccececeeeeeeeees 158 View Pictures and Videos 22 2222222 c cece cc ceceeeececceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 158 Add Photos or Videos to an Album ao 22 2 2 222 oe c cece cece ccc ccccceccceeceeeeees 161 Copy or Move Photos or Videos Between Albums 2 22 2 162 Tag Photos and Videos 02 ccc aaa 162 Search for Photos and Videos 2 2 2 222 c eee cece cece cece cece cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 163 Find Matching Photos 2222222 cccccccceccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 163 VI View Pan 360 Photos 22 0 ooo meme eee bebe beens 164 Change the Video Playback Speed 2 2222222mm2mm2mmmm 164 Trim Videos 2 2 cece aaa 165 Save a Photo From a Video 2 2 2 2 eee cen eee eee cece cccceccececceeeeceeeeees 166 View a Zoe in Gallery 166 One Gallery 166 Photo Editor aaa a 167 Basic Photo Editing amma mam mamia wa amea w mamia 167 Edit Continuous Shots 22 e cece cece ee eceecceeeeecceceeeeteeeeeees 170 Creative Effects 20 0 0 c ec cccceececcecccecceceeceeeceeeececceeeeeeeees 172 Useful Features 2 000 ccc ccc c cece ccceccceccceccceeeeeececececcececceeeeeeeeeeecececeee
81. 6 Stopwatch 191 Storage Copy Files 267 Encrypt Data 268 Optimize 268 Phone Storage 267 Photos and Videos 268 Storage Types 267 Storage Wizard 268 Transfer Files to Online Storage 268 Storage Wizard 268 Sweep Panorama 155 Swipe 13 T TalkBack 252 Assign Shortcuts 253 Context Menus 253 Gestures 252 Language 254 Reading Speed 254 Turn On 252 Tap 12 Text Cutand Paste 44 Edit 44 Share 44 TextEntry 39 Text Message Make Call From 84 Text Messaging Send messages 112 Themes 71 Bookmark 72 Create 72 Delete 74 Download 71 Edit 72 Mix and Match 73 Search 74 Share 74 Three finger Gesture 16 Three finger Tap 17 Timer 192 Touch 12 Touchand Hold 12 Index Touch Gestures 12 Touchscreen 4 Keyboard 39 Navigation 12 Turn off 49 Transfer Content 22 258 From Android Phone 22 iPhone 23 Other Ways to Transfer 25 To From Your Computer 25 Transfer Contacts 25 Using Bluetooth 24 Using USB Connection 25 Transfer Files 267 Trim Ringtone 198 TTY Mode 265 Turn Device Off 11 Turn Device On 11 Turn Onand Off 10 Twitter 192 Two finger Swipe 15 Type Text 39 U Update Phone Back Up Data 51 Prepare 50 Update Operating System 51 Update PRL 52 Update Your Profile 52 Update Your Phone 50 USB Tethering 224 V vCalendar 189 Video 149 Video Call 90 Face Tracking 90 Share Screen 91 Video Chat 90 Video Resolution 149 VideoPic 149 Videos View 158 Virtual Private Networks VPN 222 Visual Search 163 Visual Vo
82. 7 Manage Your Account Manage your Sprint account from your computer your Sprint phone or any other phone Online sprint com mysprint Access your account information a Check your minutes used depending on your Sprint service plan a View and pay your bill For Assistance 281 a Enroll in Sprint online billing and automatic payment Purchase accessories sm Shop for the latest Sprint phones a View available Sprint service plans and options Learn more about data services and other products like games ringtones screen savers and more From Your Sprint Phone 4 1 Tap a gt Ss If your screen is locked press the Power Lock button to turn on the display and then drag a up to unlock the screen 2 Do any of the following e Tap X 4 5 CALL to check minute usage and account balance K 3 DEF e Tap CAL to make a payment e Tap 228 CALL to access a summary of your Sprint service plan or get answers to other questions Sprint Support Services Sprint 411 and Sprint Operator Services let you easily access information and calling assistance from your Sprint phone Sprint 411 Sprint 411 gives you access to a variety of services and information including residential business and government listings movie listings or show times driving directions restaurant reservations and major local event information You can get up to three pieces of information per call and the operator can automatically connec
83. 81 Explore Places 181 Find Places 180 Make Calls 181 Play Music 181 Receive Calls 181 Voice Commands 180 Index HTC Connect 230 AllPlay 232 Blackfire 233 Share Media 230 HTC Dot View 216 HTC Help 217 HTC Location Service 248 HTC Sense Home Widget 66 HTC Sense Input Settings 273 HTC Sync Manager 211 Get Help 213 Install 212 Transfer iPhone 212 iCloud 24 Image Match 163 IMAP Email 125 Inbox Organize 127 Incoming Call Answer 86 Mute Ringtone 86 Reject 86 International Data Roaming 238 Internet 112 Internet Calls 98 Add Account 98 Make an Internet Call 98 iPhone 212 iPhone Transfer 23 iCloud 24 Keyboard Touchscreen 39 Keyboard Calibration 43 Keyboard Settings 273 Kid Mode 204 L Language Settings 272 LED 57 LED Notification Settings 58 Location Settings 247 Onor Off 247 Lock Screen Customize 69 286 Settings 243 Unlock 49 Lock Screen Notifications 70 Long Distance Calls 84 Mail Inbox 126 Maps 181 Media Gesture 260 Messages Back Up Messages 118 Block Messages 118 Delete Messages 118 Secure Box 117 Messaging 112 microSD Card Tray 4 MMS Create Slideshow 113 Reply 115 Send 113 Send messages 113 Mobile Hotspot 223 Motion Gestures Flip to Mute 17 Pick Up to Lower Volume 18 Pocket Mode 18 Rotate Screen 19 Motion Launch 74 Onor Off 75 Quick Call 79 Troubleshooting 80 Wake and Unlock 76 Wake Phone 76 Wake to Camera 78 Wake to HTC BlinkFeed Screen 77 Wake to Widget Panel 77 Motio
84. C adapter into an electrical outlet The indicator light illuminates when charging starts The light turns green when the battery is fully charged Fully charging a battery may take up to three hours 5 After charging disconnect the phone from the charger e Unplug the AC adapter from the outlet and remove the USB cable from the phone Charge Using a PC Connection Before using a PC connection to charge your phone ensure that the computer is turned on Depending on the type of connection your phone s battery may not charge 1 Insert the small end of the USB cable into the charger accessory jack on the bottom of your phone 2 Insert the large end of the USB cable into an external USB port on your computer 3 After charging disconnect the USB cable from both the phone and the computer Turn Your Phone On and Off The instructions below explain how to turn your phone on and off Get Started 10 Turn Your Phone On a Press and hold the Power Lock button CD at the right panel of the phone Power Lock Button You will feel or hear the phone vibrate when it has been turned on The first time you turn on your phone it will search for Sprint service and begin the setup application Turn Your Phone Off 1 Press and hold the Power Lock button C to open the Power options menu Note When the screen is locked and you press the Power Lock button it will only turn off the screen and not the phone You will need to unl
85. Contacts 101 Contacts List Contacts 101 Continuous Shots Editing 170 Creative Effects 172 D Data Services 134 Password 281 Status indicators 135 Track Usage 136 User name 135 Data Usage 136 Date amp Time 274 Daydream 259 DDTM Mode 266 Display 258 Auto rotate Screen 258 Font Size 258 DLNA HTC Connect 230 Double Exposure 175 Draft Message 115 Drag 13 Earpiece 4 Elements 177 Email Account Settings 132 Add Account 125 Add Exchange ActiveSync account 126 Compose and Send 128 284 Delete Accounts 132 Delete Messages 130 Delete Search 130 Make Call From 84 Manage Email Messages 129 Move Messages 129 Read and Reply 128 Send Gmail 122 Smart Sync 132 Email Account Add Exchange ActiveSync 245 Add POP3 IMAP 245 Emergency Numbers 83 Emoji 39 Encrypt Data 268 Enhanced 9 1 1 E 9 1 1 83 Enter Text 39 Event Create 187 Edit 187 Exchange ActiveSync Add account 126 Features 130 Flag Email 131 Meeting Request 131 Out of Office Reply 131 Extended Home Screen 54 Extreme Power Saving Mode 270 F Face Fusion 177 Face Tracking 90 Facebook 193 Factory Data Reset 257 Feeds Panel 58 Off 59 Files Transfer between phone and computer 219 Flash 5 Flick 14 Font 244 Free Storage 210 Front Indicator Light 57 G Gallery 158 Change Video Playback Speed 164 Index Search Photos 163 Trim Videos 165 View Albums 159 View Pan 360 Photos 164 View pictures and videos 158 View Timeline 158 Visual Search 163
86. Dialing to place an international call 1 Tap N gt gt to display the phone screen 2 If you are on the GSM network touch and hold UV to insert a on the phone dial screen The symbol automatically inserts the international access code for the country from which you are calling 3 Ifyou are on the CDMA network outside Canada or the Caribbean enter the international access code for the country from which you are calling 4 Tap 122 to enter the US country code and then enter the area code and number 5 Tap H to place the call Sprint International Voicemail Service Your Sprint voicemail will follow you as you travel All of your unanswered calls will be forwarded to your Sprint voicemail You will need to be sure your voicemail box is already set up and that you know your voicemail password Note Sprint voicemail may not be available on all networks check sprint com sww for service information International Voicemail Troubleshooting There are a few tips to keep in mind when using Sprint voicemail while traveling Some carriers may not support voicemail indicators It may be necessary to call your voicemail to see if you have any new messages Ifyou hear the message Please enter the number of the subscriber you wish to call enter your 10 digit wireless phone number Set Up Your Voicemail Access Number for International Use To simplify accessing your Sprint Voicemail while tra
87. For more information see Chrome Browser Disconnect From a VPN Disconnect from the VPN when you re done accessing your intranet sites 1 Slide the Notifications panel open 2 Tap the VPN connection and then tap Disconnect Mobile Hotspot Mobile Hotspot allows you to turn your phone into a Wi Fi hotspot When this feature is turned on you can share your phone s mobile data services via Wi Fi with other Wi Fi enabled devices The feature works best when used in conjunction with 4G data services although 3G service can also be used Important Use of the Hotspot feature requires an additional subscription Sign on to your account at sprint com mysprint or access your account via Sprint Zone tap see Sprint Zone to learn more Note Turning on Hotspot on will disable your phone s connection to other Wi Fi networks 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap 2 Under Wireless amp networks tap More 3 Tap Mobile network sharing gt Mobile Hotspot gt OK 4 Enter a router name or use the default router name 5 Set the password key for your wireless router or use the default password Important To help minimize security risks use the default settings and set a secure and unique password Note The password is the key other people need to enter on their device so they can connect and use your phone as a wireless router 6 Tap the Mobile Hotspot ON OFF switch to turn on the wire
88. Launch gestures and make sure that the Motion Launch gestures you want to use are selected If Motion Launch is already on but your phone is not responding to your gestures see the possible causes below There was no motion gesture before the finger gesture Make sure to lift the phone first before doing the finger gesture Length of swiping was too short Swipe a longer distance across your screen a When swiping up to unlock the screen you didn t swipe from the bottom half of the screen You may have covered the proximity sensor while holding the phone The duration of swiping may be too long Release your finger when the phone vibrates Your Phone Interface 80 Phone App The following topics outline the use of your device s phone app to place and receive calls use voicemail set up and manage contacts and more HD Voice Your phone is also HD Voice enabled which means you can enjoy unparalleled voice quality in areas with HD Voice service Experience the crystal clear difference of HD Voice from Sprint on calls between Sprint customers each using an HD Voice enabled phone while in areas with available HD Voice service VOICE Note HD Voice service is available in select markets Visit sprint com coverage for more information Place and Answer Calls The following topics describe how to directly dial calls how to answer incoming calls and how to use the in call screen options Adjust In Call Volume
89. ORE A Home screen experience designed around what you do LET S EXPLORE 3 Tap where you are to finish setting up the widget Where are you right now 4 On the widget tap gt V gt a gt Personalize HTC Sense Home 5 Select all the options on the screen and then tap 5 Set Your Home and Work Locations You can change the address for your home and work locations if you ever move to a new home or change your job 1 On the Home screen swipe right or left until you see the HTC Sense Home widget 2 On the widget tap gt V gt a gt Set locations 3 Tap the address area to search for the address you want to set 4 When you ve found the address on the map tap DONE Switch Locations Manually The HTC Sense Home widget automatically changes locations based on where you are You can also manually change the location in the HTC Sense Home widget For the HTC Sense Home widget to change locations automatically you need to make sure that HTC Location Service is turned on See HTC Location Service 1 On your Home screen slide right or left until you see the HTC Sense Home widget 2 Tap V and then tap the location you want Your Phone Interface 67 Pin and Unpin Apps Pinning apps shortcuts or folders to the HTC Sense Home widget ensures they stay on the widget Items in the HTC Sense Home widget will have one of two states pinned or unpinned Unpinned items will be automatically changed to
90. P to the part where you want the ringtone to begin and end For a more precise trimming tap the left or right arrow buttons Time markers indicate where you are on the song 3 When you re done trimming tap SET AS 4 Choose whether to set your trimmed song as your Phone ringtone or Contact ringtone Note You can see your new ringtone in the phone settings With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap gt Sound amp notification gt Ringtone Search for Lyrics Music Videos and More Take your music entertainment to a whole new level with lyrics music videos artists information and visualizations View Song Lyrics Sing along with your favorite music tracks Your phone gives your music an extra kick with song lyrics and cool music visualizations Note To save on data usage you might want to connect to a Wi Fi network when updating your album covers and artist photos In Music settings select Wi Fi only 1 Tap I5 1115 Music 2 Browsetothe song you wantto playandtapit 3 Swipe to the VISUALIZER tab to view the lyrics Song lyrics appear onscreen if content has been successfully downloaded Useful Features 199 a Tip Want a different visual for your music Tap a gt Scene and select a scene If you want the scene to change for every song select Random 4 Tap the screen to display the lyrics in full screen 5 Tojump to another part of the song tap the screen to make the progress bar appe
91. Phone Omni 10 GROUP Omni 20 h Fel Audio output VILE SPLARE ES DA 113 WILL WANG W7N stereo oi dey JASMINE W7N CANCEL SCAN Rename the Speakers You can rename your Blackfire compliant speakers in Settings 1 Make sure the speakers are connected to your Wi Fi network 2 Taplasiiis O Settings 5 HTC Connect Your phone then turns Wi Fi on automatically and scans for media devices on your Wi Fi network You ll then see the available Blackfire speakers listed a 3 Tapanext to a speaker name 4 Enter the new speaker name and then tap DONE Connectivity 234 Global Services With your phone and global roaming service from Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service you can make phone calls and use wireless data services around the globe on compatible CDMA and GSM UMTS networks For a country specific travel guide select your phone and destination from sprint com traveltips Set the Communications Method for Global Select a communications method for an overseas carrier as needed 1 TapQ gt 2 gt Settings gt Mobile data 2 Tap Network mode 3 Select CDMA Only LTE CDMA GSM UMTS Only or Automatic 4 The communications method is set At the time of purchase your phone s default mode of Automatic is set This allows global usage and normally will not need to be changed Activate Sprint Worldwide Service on Your Account Before using your phone in global roaming mode you must activate
92. Phone aoaaa aooaa aaan aoaaa aoaaa aaao aoa aLa aa aa aaou 23 Transfer Content From Your Old Phone Using Bluetooth 24 Transfer Content Between Your Phone and Computer 25 Ways of Transferring Contacts and Other Content into Your Phone 25 Restore Your Backup From Your Online Storage to Your New Phone 26 Basic Operations ese se ee teen wam wm mwanam ELAR lw la LADLAD a aa WWW 27 WAA AI II 27 Home Screen and Applications Apps List 27 Onscreen Navigation Keys aa 28 Get to Know Your Settings 2 amewa wmm wam nanan 29 Using Quick Settings e ccc eccceceeeeeeceeeeeeees 29 Capture Screenshots mmama mmi manini mami annann 30 Applications 31 Apps List w2mmmamemmwmamwmwnza nema wa wanene wz wanene wi nani 3 Open an App 34 Phone Number 22 2 2 eee cece cece cece cece cece cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeetetettstttttttstttettees 37 SilentMode mmama mmama mimi lami ma amma ia lama 38 Airplane Mode 211 2 2 wanawa nanz wanu nzwa nanan 38 Enter Text AA 39 HTC Sense Keyboard mmama mamemamema nema nanan 39 Enter Text by Typing on the HTC Sense Keyboard
93. Settings 2 Tap Language amp keyboard gt Google voice typing Speech Settings Use these settings to adjust your Google Voice Search preferences or select your default text to speech output 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Language amp keyboard 3 Change any of these settings e Voice Input Tap to change the default voice search language speech output and more e Text to speech output Tap to select the text to speech engine set the speech speed or listen to speech synthesis demo Date 2 Time Settings By default your phone automatically uses the network provided date time zone and time However you can set the date time zone and time manually if you need to 1 Tap O Settings Tap Date 8 time Clear the Automatic date amp time and Automatic time zone options Tap Set date change the date and tap OK Tap Set time adjust the time and tap OK Tap Select time zone and then select the time zone in the list NN O AN 5 O NN Select the Use 24 hour format option to toggle between using a 12 hour or 24 hour military time format Settings 274 8 Tap Choose date format and then select how you want dates to display on your phone The selected date format also applies to the date displayed in the Alarm Clock Print from anywhere you are using Google Cloud Print For more information about Cloud Print see google com cloudprint 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Printing gt Cloud Print Activate Th
94. Sprint Worldwide service To activate Sprint Worldwide service Chat with or email an international support rep by visiting sprint com swwsupport a Call Sprint Worldwide Customer support at 1 888 226 7212 Your Phone s SIM Card for International GSM Roaming Your phone comes with a preinstalled SIM Subscriber Identity Module card to support roaming on compatible GSM networks Note Your SIM card should be preinstalled If you need to reinstall your SIM card follow the instructions in SIM Card Global Services 235 Note The SIM included contains information specific to your phone and should be retained with the phone for use on GSM networks Enable Global Roaming Mode Your phone is designed to enter global roaming mode automatically when you activate your Sprint Worldwide service meaning that it should automatically connect to an appropriate COMA LTE network or GSM UMTS network when you travel You may set global roaming options through the settings menu You may also need to set your network mode options through the settings menu See Set the Communications Method for Global Use To enable your phone for international roaming 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap gt Mobile data gt Roaming gt Automatic 2 From Mobile network settings tap the checkbox for International Voice 3 With International Voice selected tap the checkbox for International LTE Data To set your network
95. Tap Lock phone after then specify the idle time before the screen is locked To help make Smart Lock more reliable and more secure you can to train HTC One MG to recognize your face in different situations such as when you re wearing glasses or sporting a beard Tap Smart Lock confirm your screen lock and then tap Trusted face gt Improve face matching Follow the onscreen instructions Change Lock Screen Shortcuts To change apps or other shortcuts on the lock screen change the ones on the launch bar To find out how see Customize the Launch Bar Turn Off the Lock Screen You can turn the lock screen off in Settings 1 Tap N s3225 O Settings gt Security 2 Tap Screen lock gt No lock screen To turn the lock screen on again in Security settings tap Screen lock gt Lock screen Lock Screen Notifications On the lock screen you can see notifications such as missed calls text messages calendar events and more Turn Lock Screen Notifications On or Off You can choose to turn lock screen notifications on or off 1 Tap N s3285 O Settings gt Sound amp notification 2 Tap When device is locked gt Don tshow notifications at all If you change your mind later you can tap Show all notification content to turn lock screen notifications on Interact with Lock Screen Notifications Besides seeing notifications on the lock screen you can also interact with them 1 Tap twice on a notification to go directly
96. To switch back to an app just tap it Basic Operations 34 e Toremove an app from the list drag it up e To clear the recent apps list tap amp g YOu were a p deo cad wiih ena Saam meti ua Aaa AA ftork O Heavy Snow Flooding Rain to Sla_ O C7 Tip You can change the view of your recent apps Tap a gt Settings gt Layout and then choose between Card view or Grid view Refresh Content In some apps you can easily refresh content that s synced or downloaded from the Web with a simple finger gesture 1 While viewing content such as weather or Mail inbox scroll to the top of the screen Basic Operations 35 2 Pull down the screen with your finger and then release to refresh Jason Hali HR TC Hey Thats Punglon meets AA TA TIA PUTS Se ime Jennifer singer Pwd invitation Pi Frio Sent from m m mr m a IA ma Fron Jazon Holi Re Hi BTW abdul Bari dinner pewni Iri HA mi iy our house im still iied ni Arrange Apps on the Apps Screen Personalize the Apps screen to your liking You can rearrange the apps and change the layout 1 TaplAs 2 Tap W and then choose how to arrange apps such as alphabetically If you want to group apps into folders or rearrange them select Custom Move Apps and Folders 1 Tap gt 2 Tap W gt Custom 3 Tap 3 gt Rearrange apps 4 Touch and hold an app or folder and then do one of the following e Dra
97. When you need to add a little more to a text message you can send a multimedia message MMS with pictures voice recordings audio or video files contact cards vCard or appointments vCalendar 1 Tap D gt Messages 2 Tap F 3 Enter a contact name mobile number or email address in the To field Tip If only phone numbers are showing up when you re entering a contact name tap pA and then taps gt Show Email 4 To adda subject line tap a gt Add subject to add a subject line to your message 5 Tap the Add text box and then start composing your message 6 Tap G and then select an attachment type Tip Record videos with minimum resolution so you can reduce the file size of your attachments For details see Camera Settings 7 Select or browse for the attachment to attach 8 After adding an attachment tap ama to see options for replacing viewing or removing your attachment 9 Tap a to send or tap 5 to save the message as a draft Note Depending on the resolution of your photo or video attachments they may be displayed as cropped thumbnails in your multimedia message Create a Slideshow You can create an MMS message with multiple slides each containing a photo video or audio and text 1 After you ve added either a photo video or audio in the multimedia message you re composing tap 9 gt Slide 2 Choose where you want to insert the next slide 3 Right after adding a slide do on
98. a If the phone number of the person who called is not in your contacts list you can choose to save the number to your contacts list after you hang up Place Calls from History People You can also place calls directly from your contacts list or from the Call history screen Call From Call History You can directly call numbers stored in your Call history 1 Tap N gt vs 2 Swipe right to display the CALL HISTORY tab 3 Tap an entry to place a call Note You cannot make calls from Call history to entries identified as No ID or Restricted Tip Touch and hold an entry in the Call history list to open the options menu where you can select to view the contact information if number is stored in People edit the number before you call send a text message or delete the entry from the Call history list and more Call From People Call your contacts from the People application 1 Tap DN 5 Ng 2 Swipe left to display the PEOPLE tab 3 Tap the contact you want to call to open the contact details screen 4 Tapa phone number to place a call For additional information see Contacts Call History Call history lists all recent incoming outgoing and missed calls Call history makes redialing a number fast and easy It is continually updated as your phone automatically adds new numbers to the beginning of the list Note Call history records only calls that occur while the phone is turned on If a call is received while
99. a folder named Images Receive Files Using Bluetooth Your phone lets you receive various files with Bluetooth including photos music tracks contact info calendar events and documents such as PDFs Important Refer to the other device s documentation for instructions on sending information over Bluetooth 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Quick Settings 2 Tap the BLUETOOTH tile to turn Bluetooth on Connectivity 227 Tap sam below the BLUETOOTH tile to open the Bluetooth screen Tap your phone s Bluetooth name near the top of the screen to make your phone visible to nearby Bluetooth devices On the sending device send one or more files to your phone lf asked accept the pairing request on your phone and on the sending device You may also be prompted to enter the same passcode or confirm the auto generated passcode on both devices You ll then get a Bluetooth authorization request Tap PAIR When your phone receives a file transfer request notification slide the Notifications panel down tap the incoming file notification and then tap ACCEPT When a file is transferred a download notification is displayed Slide the Notifications panel down and then tap the relevant notification to view the file a Tip You can also tap a gt Show received files to view files received via Bluetooth When you open a received file what happens next depends on the file type Media files and documents
100. aan A w ngaa FEN A ji Welcome L523 Ce S A ie English ACCESSIBILITY SETTINGS START Get Started 20 e Toskip any section tap NEXT or SKIP Note If you are visually impaired or hard of hearing touch and hold the screen with two fingers to enable TalkBack Tap ACCESSIBILITY SETTINGS to change accessibility options 2 Follow the onscreen instructions to complete each section For each topic you will have the option to skip it and continue to the next screen e Terms of use Read the terms of use and tap NEXT e Connect to Wi Fi Connect to a Wi Fi network For more information see Turn Wi Fi On and Connect to a Wireless Network e Hands Free Activation See Activate This Device Tap 8 Go Quickly copy Google Accounts backed up apps and data from your existing Android device using NFC e Add your account Enter your Google Account and password If you don t have a Google Account tap OR CREATE A NEW ACCOUNT See Add a Gmail Account for details Note You do not need to sign up for a Google Account to use your phone However to download apps from the Google Play Store or chat in Google Hangouts you must link your phone to a Google Account e Get your apps 4 data If you have backed up your old phone s data to your Google Account you can easily restore that backup on your new phone o Ifyou want to restore a previous device backup tap W next to the backed up device name select
101. after and then specify the idle time before the screen is locked To help make Smart Lock more reliable and more secure you can to train HTC One M9 to recognize your face in different situations such as when you re wearing glasses or sporting a beard Tap Smart Lock confirm your screen lock then tap Trusted face gt Improve facematching Follow the onscreen instructions Use a Screen Unlock Pattern 1 2 3 4 5 6 Tap s3885 O Settings Tap Security Tap Screen lock gt Pattern Draw the screen unlock pattern by connecting at least four dots in a vertical horizontal or diagonal direction Lift your finger from the screen when finished The phone records the pattern Tap CONTINUE When prompted draw the screen unlock pattern again and then tap CONFIRM If you fail to draw the correct unlock pattern on the screen after five attempts you will be prompted to wait for 30 seconds before you can try again Note To change your unlock screen pattern tap Screen lock on the Security Draw your current screen unlock pattern and then tap Pattern Use a Screen Unlock PIN 1 TapQ gt it gt O Settings 2 Tap Security 3 TapScreen lock PIN Settings 249 4 Entera PIN and tap CONTINUE 5 Enter your PIN again to confirm and tap OK If you fail to enter the correct PIN after five attempts you will be prompted to wait for 30 seconds before you can try again Use a Screen Unlock Password 1 Tip 05
102. aimer and then tap OK Your phone will enable Explore by touch which provides an audible description of what you re touching on the screen A short tutorial explaining how to use TalkBack will begin playing after you turn on TalkBack Note TalkBack works best if you turn off auto rotate screen Use TalkBack Gestures When TalkBack is turned on and the Explore by touch setting is selected the regular touch gestures are replaced by the TalkBack gestures Note HTC gestures such as 3 finger swiping may not be available when TalkBack gestures are enabled To open an item Settings 252 1 Drag your finger on the screen to find and select the item 2 Double tap anywhere on the screen to open the item To move an item 1 Drag your finger on the screen to find the item 2 Double tap anywhere on the screen but don t lift your finger on the second tap 3 Drag the item to a new spot and then lift your finger To scroll through a screen Use two fingers to swipe up down left or right To unlock the lock screen a Use two fingers to swipe up from the bottom of the screen To open the Notifications panel Use two fingers to swipe down from the top of the screen Assign TalkBack Shortcuts TalkBack has customizable gestures that you can use to open the Notifications panel view recent apps access TalkBack controls and more Important The steps below are described using the regular gestures Use the corresponding TalkBac
103. al box Protect a Message from Deletion You can lock a message so that it will not be deleted even if you delete the other messages in the conversation 1 Tap Os Messages 2 Onthe All messages screen tap a contact or phone number to display the exchange of messages with that contact 3 Tap the message not a link or a phone number that you want to lock and then tap Lock message A lock icon ba is displayed at the lower right of the message Messaging and Internet 117 Block Unwanted Messages Declutter your Messages screen by moving spam messages from contacts to the block box If you have blocked a contact that contact s messages will also be in the block box 1 TapQ gt s Messages 2 Do any ofthe following e On the All messages screen touch and hold a contact or phone number and tap Block contact e To block multiple contacts tap a gt Block contacts select the contacts and tap BLOCK a P When the contact sends you messages you will not see them in the All messages screen or receive notifications and calls To read messages in the block box on the All messages screen tap w gt Block Note To remove messages or contacts from the block box touch and hold the contact or phone number and tap Unblock Note To completely discard future messages from blocked contacts clear the Save block message option in the Messages settings Delete Messages and Conversations Tidy up your messages li
104. alarm use the scroll wheels to set the alarm time 4 Ifyou want the alarm for multiple days tap Repeat 5 Tap DONE 6 If you need to set more than three alarms tap l Tip To turn off an alarm clear the check box of that alarm Phone at Alarm Time Atthe set alarm time the phone sounds the alarm and or vibrates Stopping an alarm When the alarm sounds drag amp up to dismiss it Additional Clock Features Your phone s clock app provides additional useful features including world clock stopwatch and timer functions World Clock The world clock lets you keep track of the current time in multiple cities around the globe 1 Tap the clock on your Home screen panel if available Or tap Te Clock 2 Swipe to the WORLD CLOCK tab 3 Tap and select a city 4 Repeat to add multiple cities Stopwatch The stopwatch lets you time events down to the hundredth of a second 1 Tap the clock on your Home screen panel if available Or tap DN gt gt Gb Clock 2 Swipe to the STOPWATCH tab 3 Tap START to begin timing 4 Tap STOP to stop timing e Additional options include LAP to keep track of laps and RESET to continue timing Useful Features 191 Timer The timer provides a countdown timer for up to 99 hours 59 minutes and 59 seconds 1 Tap the clock on your Home screen panel if available Or tap N Pasa De Clock 2 Swipe to the TIMER tab 3 Use the scroll wheels to set the lengt
105. alled on your phone o Ae FunchomSenwice CA Clock Check the time set an alarm or use the World Clock Stopwatch and Timer See Clock Save and view your photos online 3 Downloads View all your downloaded files here Manage your Google Drive online storage See Google Drive Buy and sell stuff over the Internet with this e commerce app A Emergency Alerts View emergency alerts tr FamilyWall for Organize and share media files privately with your family Sprint HO kasi File Manager Organize files and folders on your phone and storage card See File Manager Basic Operations 31 Function Service w Gallery View your photos and videos See View Pictures and Videos Using Gallery Create send and receive emails See Create and Send Gmail 3 Google Open Google Search or Google Now See Perform Searches on the Web and Your Phone and Get Instant Information with Google Now a Google Settings Set your Google Search Google Now and other Google Mobile Services options 3 Googlet Post statuses share photos and write comments with your circle of friends Hangouts Send SMS MMS or start a video chat See Hangouts pre Help Find useful content on how to use your phone view troubleshooting information and more See HTC Help HTC Backup Back up your files using online storages See Backup ES HTC DotView Personalize your phone with the optional HTC DotView case See HTC Dot View HTC Mobile Guide View
106. ally across the screen to go to other widget panels scroll through documents and more gt Drag To drag touch and hold your finger with some pressure before you start to drag While dragging do not release your finger until you have reached the target position Get Started 13 Flick Flicking the screen is similar to swiping except that you need to swipe your finger in light quick strokes This finger gesture is always in a vertical direction such as when flicking the contacts or message list Nay Touch and Flick On the Home screen you can easily move a widget or icon from one screen to another Touch and hold the widget or icon with one finger and flick the screen to the new location with another finger Get Started 14 Pinch and Spread Pinch the screen using your thumb and forefinger to zoom out or spread the screen to zoom in when viewing a picture or a Web page Move fingers inward to zoom out and outward to zoom in Slide two fingers together to zoom out of the picture or text Two finger Swipe Swipe down from the status bar using two fingers to access Quick Settings Get Started 15 HW a Three finger Gesture Swipe up using three fingers to share content such as photos videos and music from your phone You can also share streaming media from apps such as YouT ube Swipe down to disconnect from the device Note Media gesture is turned on in Set
107. and data such as contacts calendar and Web bookmarks between your phone and your computer Install HTC Sync Manager on a Windows Computer Follow the steps below to install HTC Sync Manager on your computer Important You can install HTC Sync Manager on Windows XP or later versions To install it on a Mac computer you need Mac OS 10 6 or later versions Important If you have problem with installing HTC Sync Manager close all your running programs and reinstall If the problem persists temporarily disable your anti virus program and try installing again 1 Download the HTC Sync Manager installer from htc com hsm 2 Launch the installer and follow the onscreen instructions 3 Connect your phone to your computer using the supplied USB cable HTC Sync Manager opens Important If you disabled your anti virus program make sure to turn it back on after installing HTC Sync Manager Transfer iPhone Content to Your HTC Phone With HTC Sync Manager easily transfer iPhone content such as contacts messages wallpaper camera photos and more to your HTC phone If you re using an HTC phone that has HTC Sense 6 HTC Sync Manager also enables your phone to find and install the same apps that you were using on your iPhone Note You need to use iTunes 9 0 or later to back up your iPhone content first to your computer Useful Features 212 o N a Connect your iPhone and your HTC phone to your computer In HTC Sync Manager click
108. and the other phone s NFC area are close to one another Experiment by slightly moving the phones until a connection is made 2 Tap the screen The shared content appears on the other screen For some items that you ve shared such as contact information additional instructions on how to save the item will appear on the receiving device Connectivity 229 HTC Connect With HTC Connect wirelessly stream music or video from HTC One M9 to your speakers or TV by just swiping up the screen with 3 fingers You can stream media to any of the following types of devices Multi room speakers that support Qualcomm AllPlay Blackfire compliant multi room speakers DLNA compatible speakers and TV Miracast compatible display devices Bluetooth speakers HTC certified consumer electronic devices or accessories that have the HTC Connect logo NTC connect Note Some devices may need to be paired before you can share to them To see a list of supported devices or accessories go to htc connect com certified devices For more information about HTC Connect visit htc connect com Share Media Using HTC Connect Before you start make sure you have set up your speakers TV or appliance to connect to your Wi Fi network Refer to its documentation on how to set it up 1 Open and play any music or other media content that you wantto share from your phone Connectivity 230 2 Swipe up with three fingers on the
109. ani m laam 139 Browsing History mamaa am cece cece eeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 139 Private Browsing mami mm amewa mm ma imma Doa nanan 140 Set Browser Options 140 Chrome Support a kakak 140 Search for Information mama mila ma mmama mma aoaaa 140 Perform Searches on the Web and Your Phone 140 Search the Web with Your Voice _ 22 2 0 22 meme mmea 141 Set Search Options 0 0 mme wmewa aa aa naonana 141 Get Instant Information with Google NOW mam mm mmama mema 141 Camera and Video aaa 145 Take Pictures and Record Videos u imam mm mma eee 145 Get Started with the Camera 2 22 0 0 0 ama mam mama mea 145 Take a Picture u amma mami m amaan a maamuma 147 Capture Better Photos mmama mala aa malai 148 Record a Video mmama mama ima maimam 149 Take a Photo While Recording a Video VideOPIc 149 Take Continuous Camera Shots u mamaaa mmama mw mmea 150 Change the Focus in Bokeh Mode 110 0 2 maanani wanume 150 Selfies and People Shots eeeeeeeeees 151 Split Capture m2mmemmmmm mwm SbuatumiasSeSeeeecdasenesimaccataneeds 154 Panoramic Shots aam ia miwa 020a 0a 02222 oaoa 22nn 1
110. ap Edit number before calling 4 Enter the prefix and tap 4t to call the number Phone App 89 Block a Caller When you block a phone number or a contact all calls from the phone number or contact will be declined automatically 4 1 Tap DN gt gt 2 Swipe right to display the CALL HISTORY tab 3 Touch and hold the contact or phone number you want to block and then tap Block caller 5 OK Note To remove a caller from your blocked list on the CALL HISTORY tab tap a gt Blocked contacts Touch and hold a contact and then tap Unblock contacts Erase Call History If the Call history becomes long you can delete an entry or the entire Call history list 4 1 Tap N gt 2 Swipe right to display the CALL HISTORY tab 3 Do either of the following e To delete a Call history entry touch and hold the entry and then tap Delete from call history e To erase the entire Call history list tap a gt Remove call history Tap gt Select all and then tap DELETE Video Chat Don t just call Be heard and seen using video call enhancements that work seamlessly with your video chat app Face Tracking While doing a video chat using a third party video chat app Face Tracking focuses on your face and others around you and tracks faces that are within the camera s angle of view Face Tracking can track a maximum of four 4 faces 1 Open your video chat app and then tap m to open the menu Phone App 90 2
111. ap to show contact s details This also shows when a contact has sent you new messages Contact image Tap to find ways to quickly connect with the contact Contact link Tap to manage contacts from your social network and Web based email suggestion accounts 4 Tip You can also access People through the Phone app Tap a gt Sand then swipe left until you reach the PEOPLE tab Tip To sort your contacts by their first or last name tap a gt Settings gt Sort contacts by Filter Your Contacts List When your contacts list gets long you can choose which contact accounts to show Phone App 102 1 Tap gt gt ro People 2 On the PEOPLE tab tap W on the top bar 3 Select the online accounts that contain the contacts you want to display 4 Tap O Find People Search for contacts stored on your phone your company directory if you have an Exchange ActiveSync account or social networks you ve signed into 1 Tap sik ro People 2 On the PEOPLE tab you can e Find people in your contacts list Tap Q and then enter the first few letters of the contact name in the Search people box e Find people on your company directory Tap Q enter the first few letters of the contact name in the Search people box and then tap Search contacts in your Company Directory Tip Aside from searching for a contact by name you can search using a contact s email address or al company name On the PEOPLE tab tap a
112. ar Tap and drag your finger across the progress bar or touch and hold ai Find Music Videos on YouTube It s easy to find music videos of the song you re listening to on YouTube On the NOW PLAYING tab tap a gt Search gt YouTube Google Play Music App The Google Play Music app lets you browse shop and play back songs purchased from Google Play as well as songs you have loaded from your own music library The music you choose is automatically stored in your Google Play Music library and instantly ready to play via streaming or download For more information about Google Play Music visit play google com about music Note For information about loading music onto your phone see Transfer Files Between Your Phone and a Computer Play Music with Google Play Use the Google Play Music app to listen to all your music on your phone Check the Google Play Music help for compatible music file formats 1 TapQ gt 22 gt 2 Play Music 2 Tap gt My Library 3 Flick the screen left or right to select a library category such as ARTISTS or ALBUMS 4 Tap an item from the category window and then tap a song The song begins playing Google Play Music Screen Layout The following diagram outlines the main features of the Play Music app player screen Useful Features 200 Create Playlists in Google Play Music Organize music into playlists to fit every occasion 1 Tap LI 51225 Play Music 2 Tap 2 gt My Library
113. ate For details see Navigate Your Phone with TalkBack Font Size You can adjust the text size for your viewing comfort 1 TapQ gt t gt Settings 2 Tap Display amp gestures 3 Tap Font size and then select the font size Settings 258 Brightness By default the screen brightness automatically adjusts depending on the surrounding lighting conditions 1 Tap 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Display amp gestures 3 Tap Brightness level 4 Drag the slider to adjust the brightness 5 Tap OK Set the Maximum Brightness Level You can set the maximum brightness level for your phone screen 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Display 4 gestures 3 Tap Brightness level 4 Clear the Automatic brightness option 5 Drag the slider to adjust the maximum brightness level Quickly Adjust the Brightness 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Quick Settings 2 Tap the BRIGHTNESS tile repeatedly to select the brightness intensity Screen Timeout Sleep After a period of inactivity the phone screen turns off to conserve battery power You can set the idle time before the screen turns off 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Display amp gestures 3 TapScreen timeout and then tap the time before the screen turns off Note Extended screen timeout periods reduce the battery s talk and standby times Tip To turn off and lock the screen quickly press the Power Lock button Daydream Select you
114. ation Using Bluetooth You can use Bluetooth to transfer information between your phone and another Bluetooth enabled device such as a phone or computer The first time you transfer information between your phone and another phone you need to enter or confirm a security passcode After that your phone and the other phone are paired and you will not need to exchange passcodes to transfer information in the future Important Before you begin set the receiving phone to discoverable mode You may also need to set it to Receive Beams or Receive Files Refer to the phone s documentation for instructions on receiving information over Bluetooth You can send the following types of information depending on the phone you are sending to 1 On your phone open the application that contains the information or file you want to send 2 Follow the steps for the type of item you want to send Contact Inthe People app tap a contact to view the contact s details Tapa Send contact TapSend contact via and then tap Bluetooth TapSEND Calendar In Day Agenda or Week view touch and hold the event and then tap appointment or Share via gt Bluetooth event Photos or 1 In Gallery select a photo and view it in full screen videos 2 Tap the photo and tap NG gt Bluetooth Connectivity 226 Captured photo after capturing on the Camera preview screen tap NG Bluetooth or video Note that you must have first set a revie
115. aunch UltraPixel VideoPic Zoe and all other HTC product and feature names are trademarks or registered trademarks in the U S and or other countries of HTC Corporation and its affiliates Zoodles and Kid Mode are trademarks of Inquisitive Minds Inc The HD Voice logo is a trademark of the GSMA Ltd Settings 276 Google Android Android Beam Gmail Google Google Chrome Google Cloud Print Google Drive Google Maps Google Now Google Play Google Voice Search Hangouts Google Wallet and YouTube are trademarks of Google Inc Microsoft Windows ActiveSync Windows Media and Windows Vista are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks by Bluetooth SIG Inc Wi Fi and Miracast are registered trademarks of the Wireless Fidelity Alliance Inc Facebook is a trademark of Facebook Inc Twitter is a trademark of Twitter Inc and is used under license DLNA and the DLNA disc logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Digital Living Network Alliance All rights reserved Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited iCloud iMessage iPhone iTunes Mac and Mac OS are trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Dropbox and the Dropbox logo are trademarks of Dropbox Inc Flickr is a trademark of Yahoo Inc Qualcomm is a trademark of Qualcomm Incorporated registered in the Unit
116. cceceeeeeeeeteeeeecceeeeees 69 Lock Screen Notifications 2 2 2 2 0 a 70 Themes LL 71 Download Themes 22 2 2 eee cece eee ccccccccccccccececeeeeeeeceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 71 Bookmark Themes 2 2 22 cee eee ce ccc cccccccccccccececceeeeeeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 12 Create Themes 222222 ccc ccc cece cece ccccccccccecececcecccccccccccceeeeeeeeecccccceeeeees 72 Mix and Match Themes u c cece ccc e cece cece cece cece eee ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 73 Find Your Themes 14 Share Themes 14 Delete a Theme 222 0 0 000 00 0 IA 14 Motion Launch 1 22 2 mwanamama oaoa 0A 0 ADADDA DLA oLD aoar aroan 14 Turn Motion Launch On or Off ua 15 Wake UptotheLockScreenu cece eee eee eeeeeee 76 Wake Up and Unlock nene mmman 76 Wake to the Home Widget Panel 2 022 000 cece amma mwanamme 77 Wake to HTC BlinkFeed 0 0 mmama mma a aoao aoaaa 77 Auto Launch the Camera with Motion Launch Snap 78 Make a Call with Quick Call 2222 00 mme mm mwanamme mia 79 Motion Launch Troubleshooting mamaaa mamia 80 Phone App 2 2 Ha 81 UA IA 81 Place and Answer Calls 2 2 2 2 mawa a amma aa arona lwe la 81 Call Using the Phone Dialer mmmmmmmmmmm mamaaa mamaa imam em 82 Set Up Speed Dial mm
117. ccessed via your computer 3 On your computer navigate to the detected device such as through the My Computer menu and open it 4 If available select a drive SD card for SD card storage or Internal storage for internal phone storage 5 Select a folder for example Music for songs and albums and copy files to it from your Connectivity 219 computer 6 When you are done disconnect your phone from your computer The transferred files are now saved to your phone or SD card Wi Fi provides wireless Internet access over distances of up to 300 feet To use your phone s Wi Fi you need access to a wireless access point or hotspot Note The availability and range of the Wi Fi signal depends on a number of factors including infrastructure and other objects through which the signal passes Turn Wi Fi On and Connect to a Wireless Network It s quick and easy to turn Wi Fi on and connect to a wireless network 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Quick Settings 2 Tap the WI FI tile to turn Wi Fi on 3 Tap asas below the WI FI tile to see a list of detected Wi Fi networks a Note If the wireless network that you want is not listed tap a gt Add network to manually add it 4 Tap the Wi Fi network you want to connect to 5 If you selected a secured network you ll be asked to enter the network key or password A 6 Tap CONNECT You ll see the Wi Fi icon 7 Jin the status bar whe
118. ce in real life circumstances for which the mobile device is intended the standby time could be considerably lower and will be strongly dependent on the factors as mentioned above For Assistance 280 Battery Specifications UU fm Dosoripion O Sprint Account Information and Help Find out about account passwords and information about managing your account and finding help Sprint Account Passwords You will need to create passwords to help protect access to your personal account information your voicemail account and your data services account As a Sprint customer you enjoy unlimited access to all your information Account User Name and Password If you are the account owner you will create an account user name and password when you sign on to sprint com mysprint Click Sign in Register and then click Sign up now to get started If you are not the account owner if someone else receives the bill for your Sprint service you can get a sub account password at sprint com mysprint Voicemail Password You ll create your voicemail password when you set up your voicemail See Voicemail Traditional for more information on your voicemail password Data Services Password With your Sprint phone you may elect to set up an optional data services password to control access and authorize purchases For more information or to change your passwords sign on to sprint com mysprint or call Sprint Customer Service at 1 888 211 472
119. ceceeeceeeceeeeeeeseeeceeees 126 Organize Your Inbox 22 cece cece ccc c ce eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 127 Send an Email Message 22 2 e oc eee cece ccc e cece cece cece eeececeececceceeceeeeeettttseeees 128 Read and Reply to an Email Message mmmememmeemeem 128 Save an Image in an Email Message 129 Manage Email Messages 129 Search Email Messages 2 2 2 cece cece cece cceccccccecceceeececeeeeccececeeeetetttteeeeees 130 Work with Exchange ActiveSync Email 22 2000 c cece ccc cece aaa 130 Use Smart Sync _ 2 02 cece c cece cece aaa 132 Delete an Email Account 22 2222 c cece cece cece ence cece cece cece cece ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 132 Change the Email Account Settings 2 2 2 ccc cece eee ccccccccccceeeeeeeeeees 132 Data Services General Information Sprint Spark LTE and 3G Networks 134 SHIN SHA AA AA 134 Your User Name oana 2 aaa 135 Data Connection Status and Indicators 2 o oo occ ooo ccc c ccc LLL LaL LaL 135 Turn the Data Connection OnorQff c nce cecceeccecceececeee 136 Schedule When to Turn Data Connection Off 2 136 Manage Your Data Usage u mama m amma m aman 136 Chrome Browser u a 138 Use Browser Tabs 2 aaa 138 Add Bookmarks 2 2 2 2 wama mim mia iwa iwm iwa wm il
120. ceeeeeeees 210 HTC Sync Manager u eee cence cece cece cee DALLAL DLADLA DLADLA LL oa nanan 211 File Manager u aaa 213 Voice Recorder u mmama mmama mamaaa aila WWW 215 HTC Dot View namn mmama emma mwan mamii wa LLLA DLLD LLALL LAAL aa 2 oaa 216 Change the HTC Dot View Wallpaper 0 0 22 2c ccc ccc cece cece cee cccccceeeeeeeeee 216 Select Which Notifications to Display 0 0 00 cece 0 aaa 217 sik 217 Connectivity 20 0 NANA 218 Connections Optimizer _ 2 2 2 mme aLa LaLa Laaa 218 Transfer Files Between Your Phone and a Computer 2 2222 e cece ccc ccccccceceeeeees 219 ig aa aa aa wa aa 220 Turn Wi Fi On and Connect to a Wireless Network 000 022 ccccccceccececeeeeees 220 Prevent Notifications from Unsecured Wi Fi Networks aa aoaaa aaaoaannaanoaannaa2n 220 Connect to a Wi Fi Network via WPS 2222 0 0 221 Disconnect from a Wireless Network 2 22 e cece cece ee cecccccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeee 221 WI FIDIreCt ceca cid cacudeatencanncuserewedeed it aceneuessecetcusdesicenarbeesucedsceaduntieanmexmets 221 viii Virtual Private Networks VPN L A 222 Adda VPN Connection mam LLALL aa nannaa 222 Connecttoa VPN wwmmamemm am iwmi amewa aa wawa ea nana 222 Disconnect Froma VPN mmama ami ma wamama mawa iwa la 223 Mobile Hotspot mam mm mma meme m
121. certain functions or settings of your phone If you agree to the conditions tap ACCEPT for free apps or ACCEPT and then BUY for paid apps to begin downloading and installing the app e Ifyou selected a paid application after tapping OK you re redirected to the Google Wallet screen to pay for the application before it s downloaded to your phone The selected app is downloaded and installed on your phone Warning Read the notification carefully Be especially cautious with applications that have access to many functions or a significant amount of your data Once you tap OK on this screen you are responsible for the results of using this item on your phone Tip Apps sometimes get updated with improvements or bug fixes To automatically download updates after installing taps gt Auto update J Purchasing Applications Basic Operations 47 Purchase apps at your own risk The company is not responsible for any disadvantage resulting from use of third party apps Request a Refund for a Paid App If you are not satisfied with an app you can ask for a refund within 15 minutes of the purchase Your credit card is not charged and the app is uninstalled from your phone If you change your mind you can install the app again but you can t request a refund a second time 1 TaplO 51255 5 Play Store 2 Tap gt My apps 3 Tap the app to uninstall for a refund The details screen for the app opens 4 Tap REFUND and then tap
122. change it by tapping the word and selecting another suggestion Set a Second Language for Word Prediction You can set the word prediction to be bilingual As you type you ll get word suggestions in the languages that you ve selected Note Bilingual prediction is available only when you re using a Latin based keyboard 1 Tap 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Language amp keyboard gt HTC Sense Input gt Keyboard selection 3 Tap Bilingual prediction and then choose the language you want Basic Operations 41 Add Words and Phrases to the Word Prediction Dictionary Add frequently used names acronyms and even phrases to the word prediction dictionary to easily find them in the suggestion list Type even faster when you create text shortcuts for words and phrases Instead of typing Talk to you later save a few keystrokes by adding the ttyl shortcut In your message or email just type ttyl and then tap the spacebar to enter the complete phrase 1 Tap 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Language amp keyboard gt HTC Sense Input 3 Tap Personal dictionary 5 4 Enter a word or phrase and then enter its text shortcut Be sure to remember this shortcut including the uppercase and lowercase letters you ve typed 5 Tap OK While you re entering text using the Standard keyboard layout tapping an underlined word lets you store it in the dictionary or replace it with a suggested word Edit or Delete Words and Phrases in the Word Pr
123. choose one or more languages Available languages depend on the voice input languages supported by Google 4 Ifa word doesn t match what you ve spoken and it s underlined tap the underlined word to delete it or to see more choices 5 Enter punctuation marks by saying the name for example say comma Calibrate the Keyboard You can calibrate the keyboard to suit your typing style Basic Operations 43 2 J 4 Tap s3285 O Settings Tap Language 8 keyboard gt HTC Sense Input Tap Advanced gt Calibration tool Follow screen instructions to calibrate the keyboard Edit Text In HTC apps such as Messages you can select and copy text and then paste or share it Select Copy and Paste Text 1 2 5 Touch and hold on a word Drag the start and end anchors to highlight the surrounding text you want to select Victor Gomez vic gomez500 gmail com 04 15 14 ua To Jennifer Singer lt Jennifer Singer htc com gt TUE APR 15 2014 12 01 AM Hi Jennifer have a friend who just graduated from She s looking for la job right now and I ve ce vinced her to submit her resume to HTC Could you take a look at her resume to see if she might be a good addition to your team Regards Vic After you have selected the text you want to copy tap Oo The selected text is then copied to the clipboard Inatext entry field for example while composing an email touch and hold at the poin
124. ck Settings 2 Tap the MOBILE DATA tile to turn data connection on or off Note If you don t have the data connection turned on and you re also not connected to a Wi Fi network you won t receive automatic updates to your email social network accounts and other synced information Schedule When to Turn Data Connection Off To help conserve power and data usage you can set a time period when the data connection will automatically turn off during low peak times This takes effect after the screen has been off for 15 minutes and there s no network activity no downloads streaming or data usage 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap 2 Tap Power gt Sleep mode 3 To manually change the settings clear Learn sleep time automatically if it s selected 4 Choose the start and end time when data connection is disabled 5 Tap the Sleep mode ON OFF switch to turn it on The data connection resumes when you switch the screen back on Manage Your Data Usage If you re on a limited data allowance it s important to keep track of the activities and apps that usually send and receive data such as browsing the Web syncing online accounts and sending email or sharing status updates Here are some other examples sm Streaming Web videos and music s Tuning in to Internet radio a Playing online games Downloading apps maps and files Messaging and Internet 136 Refreshing apps to update info and feed
125. count Using Your Phone 1 Tap N gt gt 0 Settings gt Accounts amp sync Tap gt Google Tap OR CREATE A NEW ACCOUNT Enter your first name and last name and then tap NEXT Enter your desired email address and then tap NEXT When prompted enter and re enter a password and then tap NEXT a oS gp gt e w N In the Rescue info screen enter the phone number to use to recover your account password in case you forgot or tap REMIND ME LATER to do this later Tap NEXT se f you ve entered a phone number a security code will be sent to that phone and you will be asked to enter the code in the Verify phone number screen Basic Operations 45 8 Tap ACCEPT to agree to the Terms of Service and Privacy Policy and then tap NEXT 9 In the Google services screen tap NEXT 10 Inthe Sync your account screen select the items you would like to sync with your phone and then tap NEXT You are signed in to your Google Account and your phone will synchronize the selected items 11 Togo to your Gmail inbox tap N ITPE M Gmail Sign In to Your Google Account If you have a Google Account but have not yet signed in with your phone follow these instructions to sign in to your Google Account 1 Tap gt so Settings gt Accounts 8 sync 2 Enter your email address and tap NEXT 3 Enter your password and tap NEXT 4 Select the items you would like to sync with your phone and then tap NEXT Youare sig
126. ct details can be transferred such as the contact name photo postal address email address birthdate anniversary date and notes Transfer Content From Your Old Phone Using Bluetooth Use Bluetooth to transfer contacts from an iPhone a phone that has Android version 2 1 or earlier version or other types of phones 1 If you re setting up your new HTC phone for the first time select Transfer content on the Transfer or restore content screen Tap s3285 Settings gt Get content from another phone 2 Choose whether to transfer from an Android phone iPhone or other phone types If you chose to transfer from an Android phone tap Quick transfer 3 On your old phone turn Bluetooth on and set it to discoverable mode 4 Follow the onscreen instructions on your old and new phones to pair them and start the data transfer Note Depending on the capabilities of your old phone you may be able to transfer not only contacts but also other data such as calendar events and text messages through Bluetooth Get Started 24 Note Use your iCloud storage or HTC Sync Manager to transfer more types of content from an iPhone For details see HTC Sync Manager Transfer Content Between Your Phone and Computer There are two ways you can transfer content to or from your computer Connect your phone to your computer Your computer will recognize it just like any removable USB drive and you can copy your media between them Down
127. ct your phone to Sprint Spark you need to be in an area covered by the Sprint Spark enhanced LTE network For more information about the availability of Sprint Spark in your location visit sprint com coverage Note The availability and range of the network depends on a number of factors including your distance to the base station and infrastructure and other objects through which the signal passes Set Your Network Options 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap 2 Under Wireless amp networks tap Mobile data gt Network mode Messaging and Internet 134 3 Select LTE CDMA or Automatic The phone will scan for the best available Sprint network and will automatically connect to it When your phone is connected via Sprint Spark the Sprint Spark icon LTE 292 appears in the status bar and tells you the approximate signal strength number of bands displayed Note The network is self discoverable which means no additional steps are required for your phone to connect to it Your User Name When you buy your phone and sign up for service you re automatically assigned a user name which is typically based on your name and a number followed by sprintpcs com For example the third John Smith to sign up for Sprint data services might have jsmith003 sprintpcs com as his user name When you use data services your user name is submitted to identify you to the network Your user name is automa
128. d then tap it to customize captions for your phone Magnification gestures Tap this option to enable magnification gestures such as zooming in or out by triple tapping the screen Settings 251 e Color inversion Color correction Turn on color inversion or color correction to improve screen visibility e Notification reminder Turn on this option to turn notifications on or off e High contrast text Select this option to enable high contrast text for better readability e Power button ends call When selected you can press the Power Lock button to end a call e Autorotate screen Select this option to automatically change the screen orientation when the phone is rotated e Speak passwords When selected your phone will speak the passwords you enter on your phone e Accessibility shortcut Tap this option to quickly turn on accessibility features on your phone e Text to speech output Tap to select the text to speech engine set the speech speed or listen to a speech synthesis demo e Touch amp hold delay Set the delay when touching and holding items on the screen Navigate Your Phone with TalkBack Use TalkBack if you need to navigate your phone by spoken feedback When you tap the screen your phone vibrates and gives you an audible response so you know what you are tapping Turn TalkBack On 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Accessibility 5 TalkBack 3 Tap the TalkBack ON OFF switch 4 Read the TalkBack discl
129. d you want 6 Scroll through the results and tap a video to watch it Share a Video Link l Tap gt gt E YouTube HAN 2 Tapa video or search for a video and then tap it po Tap the video screen and then tap lt 4 Choose how you want to share the video link from the available options Create Video Playlists Organize your favorite videos into playlists and watch them in the YouTube app Note Make sure that you re signed in to your Google Account 1 TapQ gt 2 gt B youtube 2 Browse or search for a video 3 Tapanext to the video title and then tap Add to gt New playlist 4 Enter the playlist name and then tap OK Tip If you don t want to share the video playlist select Private before you tap OK 5 To add another video to your playlist browse or search for the video and then tap a next to the video title 6 Tap Add to and then tap the playlist name To access and watch your video playlists minimize the video screen and then tap to open the slideout menu Tap the playlist you want Music Apps and Sound Enhancements Your phone lets you discover download and listen to your favorite music through a variety of music apps You can use Music Google Play Music or the Sprint Music app Listen to Music Enjoy your favorite songs on your phone using the Music application Useful Features 195 Note When you open the Music app for the first time you ll be asked if you would like
130. dial the extension number 5 Tohang up tap END CALL Change the Phone Dialer Layout Switch between a large or standard dial keypad Phone App 82 4 1 Tap N gt sto display the phone s dialer screen 2 Tapa Large dial pad or Standard dial pad Troubleshooting Question Call does not connect Answer 1 Was the number dialed using the area code Try dialing the number starting with O Answer 2 Are you in an area with poor wireless coverage Try calling again from another area Dial an Extension Number To skip voice prompts when dialing an extension number do one of the following After dialing the main number touch and hold The letter p is added to the number you are dialing Enter the extension number and then tap H You will be connected to the mainline and then to the extension number After dialing the main number touch and hold The letter w is added to the number you are dialing Enter the extension number and then tap 4 After connecting to the main line tap SEND to dial the extension number Tip You can save phone numbers with an extension in the People app Call Emergency Numbers You can place calls to 9 1 1 even if the phone s screen is locked or your account is restricted Important You won t be able to make an emergency call if you don t have a network signal 1 Unlock the screen For more information see Lock and Unlock Your Screen 2 Tap N Ng 3 Tap g wwz joo T
131. e General Storage settings o Delete old messages Automatically delete older messages except for locked messages when the set limits are reached o Text message limit Choose the maximum number of text messages to store in each conversation thread This does not include locked messages o Multimedia message limit Choose the maximum number of MMS messages to store in each conversation thread This does not include locked messages e General Settings Messaging and Internet 121 o Password Set a password for the Secure box o Save block message Select to save blocked messages to the block box e General Signature o Use signature Select this option to add a signature to all your outgoing text and multimedia messages o Signature Tap to compose your own signature e General Personalize o Lets you customize the message thread s background image and color and texture of message bubbles e General Font size o Set the font size for message threads General Callback number o Enable or change the callback number for SMS messages Create and Send Gmail Use Google s Gmail service and your Google Account to send receive and manage your Gmail messages Before using Gmail you must register a Google Gmail Account on your phone See Google Account for details CI Gmail Cautions Gmail is handled as email from a PC Restricting email from PCs on your phone prevents your phone from receiving Gmail Create and Se
132. e before and after photos 6 Tap V to save changes The edited photo is saved as a new photo The original photo remains unedited To fix red eye 1 Tap N gt e gt Li Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit 2 In the slideout menu that opens tap Essentials 3 Tap RED EYE REMOVAL and then tap gt 4 Tap V to save changes The edited photo is saved as a new photo The original photo remains unedited Camera and Video 169 Edit Continuous Shots For burst action and group shots you can use these editing techniques so your photos are always perfect Always Smile Finding it difficult to choose a group shot with the most smiles and the fewest blinks Retouch a group shot so everyone looks their best in the photo Note This feature is available for burst shots captured with continuous shooting mode You can identify burst shots by the m icon on the thumbnail 1 Tap O gt e gt es Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit 2 Inthe slideout menu that opens tap Effects gt R ALWAYS SMILE You ll see circles around any faces detected in the photo 3 Select one face at a time and drag it sideways with your finger to select the expression you want 4 Tap V when done R F 5 Tap and then tap X to toggle between the before and after photos 6 Tap YA to save changes The edited photo is saved as a new photo The original photo remains unedited GIF Creator Create an ani
133. e for details Change the International Dialing Code By default the international dialing code is set to 011 When you re traveling in another country you can set the international dialing code to your current location 1 Tap s3285 O Settings gt Call 2 Tap CDMA call settings gt Plus code dialing gt International dialing 3 Enter the dialing code of the country where you re located and then tap OK Set Up Speed Dial Your phone can store up to eight phone numbers in speed dial locations The number 1 is reserved for Sprint voicemail access To assign a speed dial number to a contact 1 Tap gt e gt a People and then tap a contact 2 Tapa Set speed dial 3 Tap Not assigned under Number to select the contact s number that you want to assign to the speed dial key 4 Tap Not assigned under Location and then select a speed dial location 5 Tap SAVE Note If you assign a number to an already assigned speed dial location the new phone number will automatically replace the previous speed dial assignment Return a Missed Call You ll see this icon on in the status bar when you missed a call 1 Slide the Notifications panel open to check who the caller is 2 Toreturn the call soread your two fingers on the missed call notification to expand it and then tap CALL BACK Missed call 11 03 AM Diana Mayer 1 to CALL BACK EA MESSAGE Tip You can also tap the notification to display call history a
134. e mma DLLD mmea aonan ana 85 Return a Missed Call 2 2200 La 85 Answer Phone Calls 2 2 kaaa 86 In Call Screen Layout and Operations mme eem 86 Place Calls from History People mam mm mmama mema mia 88 Call History mam mm mma cece cece cece cece eeeeceeeeeeettttetettttttttteees 88 Open Call History maimam mamii eeeeeeececceceeceeeeeeeees 89 Save a Number From Call History 22 0 manemane mamii 89 Prepend a Number From Call History e ee eeececceeeeess 89 Block a Caller U a 90 Erase Call History U mmama ma mmi maimam imla mimea mia 90 Video Chat 222 22 0 a 90 Face Tracking 22 mmi mm mwami m miwa a alia W III 90 Share Your Phone Screen 2 2 2 mmama manila ilala ooro 2222n 91 Optional Services mwm mmama mam m ma mwmumimm mmi u min 92 Voicemail Traditional m2mmemmemme mam eam imei eeea 92 Visual Voicemail mama 0 A200000 aL 2a or 2222r 93 Visual Voicemail Options aoaaa aada aaa ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 95 Conference Calling 2 m2mmmmmmmmm mmea aa aa aana 96 Caller ID Blocking 2 2 2 cece cc a 97 8 97 Call Forwarding mmea im mim lm mmama imla la Imana 97 Internet r CA 98 Add an Internet Calling Account
135. e of the following e Tap G and then choose to add a photo or a video e Tap G gt Audio to add music or a voice recording to a slide Messaging and Internet 113 e Tap Add text and then enter your caption e Tap ama to see options for replacing viewing or removing your attachment a 4 Tapia Preview Tap once on the preview screen to see playback controls 5 When finished tap gt to send or tap 5 to save the message as a draft Send a Group Message Group messaging makes it easy to send a message to multiple contacts all at once You can choose to send a group SMS or group MMS Note You will be charged for each text message sent For example if you send a message to a group of five people you will be charged for five messages Note Group MMS may incur extra data fees 1 Tap I5 Messages 2 Tap F 3 Tap 2 select multiple recipients and then tap DONE You can also swipe to the GROUP tab and select a contact group 4 To send a group SMS tap a and select the Send as individual option Clear this option to send your message as a group MMS e Group SMS Your message will be sent to the recipients as a text message and each message sent will be charged to your allocated text message plan Replies of your recipients are sorted separately e Group MMS Similar to a group chat sending a group MMS lets your recipients join the conversation you ve started Your phone also organizes message replies in a single
136. e s status on the right side and notifications on the left side NotificationsArea The notification area of the status bar on the left displays notifications for incoming messages missed calls application updates and more Your Phone Interface 53 em Description Status Area The status area of the status bar on the right displays phone and service status information such as signal strength battery status Wi Fi and data connectivity ringer status and time Widgets are self contained onscreen apps that reside on your phone s home screen Primary shortcuts are application shortcuts that appear in the same location on all of your phone s home screens These are customizable except for the All Apps Key which remains static Tap to open the applications apps list The apps list key is a primary shortcut available from all home screens Tip Tap Home N to return to the main home screen from any other screen Extended Home Screens Widget Panels In addition to the main home screen your phone features extended home screens to provide more space for adding icons widgets and more Tap Home to display the home screen and then drag across the screen to move from the home screen to another widget panel There are up to four widget panels available in addition to the home screen Ifyou are not already using the maximum number of panels for your phone you can add more panels Touch and hold an empty s
137. e to refresh Turn Off Google Now 1 TapQ gt gt Google Settings 3 2 Tap Search amp Now gt Now cards 3 Tap the Show cards switch to turn off Google Now Messaging and Internet 144 Camera and Video You can use the camera or video camera to take and share pictures and videos Take great photos and videos with the camera and make them more memorable by applying a variety of effects and scenes Take Pictures and Record Videos The following topics teach you how to take pictures and record videos with your phone s camera Capturing Pictures Videos File Format for Pictures File format for pictures is JPEG File Format for Videos File format for videos is MPEG4 HI Camera Cautions If Lens Becomes Dirty Fingerprints smudges on lens prevent capturing of clear still images videos Wipe lens with a soft cloth beforehand Avoid Exposure to Direct Sunlight Be careful not to expose lens to direct sunlight for long periods May discolor color filter and affect color of images Get Started with the Camera Capture photos quickly with your phone Just directly launch the camera from the lock screen even if your phone is password protected 1 When your display is off press the Power Lock button 2 Drag o up so you can start taking photos and videos Tip From the Home screen you can also tap to launch the camera Camera and Video 145 a 3 Tapato see all controls on the Viewfinder screen You can
138. e you can connect to your organization s local network you may be asked to a Install security certificates a Enter your login credentials Download and install a required VPN app on your phone Contact your network administrator for details Also your phone must first establish a Wi Fi or data connection before you can start a VPN connection For information about setting up and using these connections on your phone see Data Services General Information Sprint Spark LTE and 3G Networks Add a VPN Connection You must first set a lock screen PIN or password before you can use credential storage and set up the VPN 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap l 2 Under Wireless amp networks tap More gt VPN 3 Tapa Add VPN profile 4 Enter the VPN settings and set them up according to the security details your network administrator gave you 5 Tap SAVE Connect to a VPN After you ve added a VPN connection you are now ready to connect and access that network 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap 2 Under Wireless amp networks tap More gt VPN 3 Tap the VPN that you want to connect to Connectivity 222 4 Enter your login credentials and then tap CONNECT When you are connected the VPN connected icon YP appears in the notification area of the status bar You can then open the Web browser to access resources such as your corporate network intranet
139. ect to display a confirmation box when deleting email messages Portrait body preview Set the number of lines of text to display for email messages in the inbox Show threaded view Select to group messages and related replies into threads Clear search history Clears your email search history e Sync Send 4 Receive O O Peak time sync Set the synchronization schedule during your set peak time Peak time Set the time when you receive the most number of email messages Off peak sync Set the synchronization schedule during your set off peak time Download past mail or Download options POP email Set how many days or number of emails to download past email messages Refresh on open Select to automatically download email messages when you open an email folder Folder to sync Select the folder to synchronize whenever you launch Mail Sync deleted items from server POP email only Select to remove messages from your phone when they re deleted from the mail server Mail size limit Set the maximum email file size for incoming messages Message format Exchange ActiveSync email only Set email messages to display in HTML or plain text format Include file attachment Exchange ActiveSync email only Set the size of email attachments that will be automatically downloaded with email messages Reply with original text Select to include the original email text when replying Forward with attachment POP email only Se
140. ed You may continue using your phone while apps are being restored Tip You can also go to Settings and then tap Backup amp reset gt Restore from HTC Backup Just make sure that you ve already signed in to the same account that you used to back up your phone before Restoring a backup will overwrite the current data and settings on your phone Reset Your Phone If your phone has a persistent problem that cannot be solved you can perform a factory reset also called a hard reset or master reset A factory reset reverts the phone back to its initial state the state before you turned on the phone for the first time The following will be removed from the phone when you do a factory reset Your Google Account All accounts you ve added in Settings gt Accounts amp sync and the data associated with these accounts Personal data that you ve created or synced to the phone such as your profile contacts messages email calendar events and more a System and application data and settings Downloaded apps Files such as your music photos videos and documents will also be deleted if you select the Erase all data option Be sure to back up any data and files you want to keep before you do a factory reset Note A factory reset may not permanently erase all data from your phone including personal information Reset Your Phone via Settings 1 TapQ sins O Settings 2 Tap Backup amp reset gt Reset phone 3
141. ed States and other countries and used with permission AllPlay and the AllPlay icon are trademarks of Qualcomm Connected Experiences Inc and used with permission BLACKFIRE RESEARCH is a Registered Trademark No 3 898 359 of BLACKFIRE RESEARCH CORP Scout is a trademark of Telenav Inc Polaris Office is a trademark of Infraware Inc Linkedin is a registered trademark or trademark of LinkedIn Corporation and its affiliates in the United States and or other countries Instagram is a trademark of Instagram LLC microSD and microSDHC are registered trademarks of SD 3C LLC Foursquare is a trademark of Foursquare Labs Inc Foursquare in the U S and other countries LTE is a trademark of European Telecommunications Standards Institute ETSI registered for the benefit of its members All other trademarks and service marks mentioned herein including company names product names service names and logos are the property of their respective owners and their use herein does not indicate an affiliation with association with or endorsement of or by HTC Corporation Not all marks listed necessarily appear in this User Guide Settings 977 HTC software and apps can be used with materials that you own or are lawfully authorized to use and or duplicate Unauthorized use and or duplication of copyrighted material may be a violation of copyright law in the United States and or other countries regions Violation of U S and internati
142. ed dial numbers Call a Number in a Text Message Email Message or Calendar Event While viewing a text message email or a Calendar event that has a phone number in it you can just tap the phone number to place a call For additional information see Text and Multimedia Messaging Email and Calendar Make International Calls When placing international calls plus code dialing automatically adds the international dialing code for your location for example 011 for international calls made from the U S Note Make sure the North American dialing option is enabled under Settings gt Call gt CDMA call settings gt Plus code dialing Note To call someone in your contacts list the stored phone number needs to have a sign followed by the country code area code and phone number 1 TapQ gt Co 2 Enter the first few letters of a contact name and then tap a contact to call If you don t have the number stored touch and hold the O untila sign appears Then enter the country code area code and phone number and tap At The Phone dialer automatically adds your international dialing code to the number Note The Phone dialer dials as is and doesn t automatically add your international access code when you dial a phone number that has a 1 in front or when there s no plus sign in front of the number Phone App 84 Important International calls may incur additional fees Contact Sprint customer servic
143. ed in Settings the speakerphone will always be automatically enabled during voicemail playback Phone App 94 e Tap and drag the timeline to scrub through the message to different points e Tap to call the person who left the voicemail message e Tap lt to share the voicemail message e Tap 5 to delete the current voicemail message e Tap O to reply to the message You can choose to reply via a text or audio message e Tap i gt Archive to save the message E e Tapa Help to learn more about this application Note Not all options are available for all messages 4 Swipe your finger left or right to display the next or previous message The next or previous message will begin playing automatically Tip You can navigate through voicemail messages as frequently as you d like You can even move to the next or previous message before you re finished listening to the current one Visual Voicemail Options Your visual voicemail options appear as icons at the bottom of the voicemail review screen 1 Tap D gt es gt Sd Voicemail 2 Tapan option o Ki Record to record a voicemail P Subscribe to Premium to subscribe to the premium Voice to T ext transcription service Requires an additional monthly charge o IW Select to choose the voicemail messages you want to play delete or save to the microSD card gt Play all voicemail messages in your inbox sF Compose a multimedia voicemail message a e a Oth
144. ediction Dictionary 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Language amp keyboard gt HTC Sense Input 3 Tap Personal dictionary e To edita word phrase or shortcut tap the item in the list e To delete items from the dictionary tap a gt Delete Select the words you want to remove and then tap DELETE Enter Text with the HTC Sense Keyboard Using the Trace Keyboard Instead of tapping the keys on the onscreen keyboard you can trace to type words Turn On Trace Keyboard 1 Tap 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Language amp keyboard gt HTC Sense Input Basic Operations 42 3 Select the Trace keyboard option 4 Tap D Enter Tert Using Trace Keyboard 1 Tapanarea where you want to enter text 2 Slide your finger from one letter to the next to enter a word 3 Lift your finger when the word is completed What s the best 4 Ifthe word that appears after you traced isn t the one you want you can e Tap a word from the suggestion list e Tap the arrow next to the suggestion list to see more choices Enter Text by Speaking on the HTC Sense Keyboard Try speaking the words to enter them in most text fields that let you use the touch input keyboard 1 Tapan area where you want to enter text 2 On the onscreen keyboard touch and hold amp 3 When you see the microphone image speak out the words you want to type Tip To set the voice input language tap xw gt Settings gt Languages You can
145. ee Allow Installation of Third Party Programs Question Cannot unlock screen For Assistance 219 Answer Restart the phone If the screen won t unlock press and hold the Power Lock button for more than 10 seconds until the phone restarts Keep in mind that you could lose any or all of the data you re working on when you restart the phone For details see Turn Your Phone On and Off Specifications The following tables list your phone s and battery s specifications Phone Specifications UU tom Desedptom Continuous Talk Time 3G Approx 1295 minutes GSM Approx 1520 minutes Continuous Standby Time 3G Approx 25290 minutes GSM Approx 23460 minutes Charging Time Approx 180 minutes Maximum Output 850 900 2 W a 1800 1900 1 W Communication Speed LTE 2xCA DL 300 Mbps UL 50 Mbps HSDPA 42 2 Mbps HSUPA 5 76 Mbps Battery times talk time standby time and more are subject to network and phone usage A Standby time specification specification is an industry standard that is only intended to allow comparison of different mobile devices under the same circumstances Power consumption in a standby state is strongly dependent on factors including but not limited to network settings location movement signal strength and cell traffic Comparisons of different mobile devices using such a specification can therefore only be done in a controlled laboratory environment When using any mobile devi
146. eeees 179 NASCAR Mobile mane ma mema LALLA LLALLA nema nannaa 179 Navigation mama mam mm mwamini lami manani 179 HICCAr ee a eee 180 Google Maps 0 a 181 ie AA eee eee ase oneness ene e een 184 Hangouts aaa 185 Calculator ka 186 Calendar 2222 0 0 aaa 186 Schedule or Edit an Event u 1 0 0 02 02 0 c cece eee cccccceccceceeeceeeeeeees 187 View Calendar Events aaa 188 Choose Which Calendar to Show mmama mmama aaan 188 Share an Event vCalendar 2 2 2 2 2 mme anona aaor ornan 189 Accept or Decline a Meeting Invitation 189 Dismiss or Snooze Reminders 2 222222 amma mmama m 2o02 222222 190 COCK II 190 Check the Time w mmmmmmma mamaa miwa a aa aa walai weia 190 Set the Date and Time Manually 2 0 0 2 cence cece eeeeeeceeeeeeeess 190 Set an Alarm 2 2 ccc ccc cece cece cece cece cececececeeeceeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 190 Additional Clock Features 0 0 c eee c ce cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 191 Check the Weather 2222200000 0 0 0 kaaa 192 Twitter AA 192 Install the Twitter App on Your Phone 222 0 0 0 0 mamaa mmi mamaa in 192 Tweet on Twitter 193 Facebook 2 aa 193 Install the Facebook App on Your Phone
147. eem EE Calendar The Calendar app opens 2 Tapadate and then tap an event The event details appear e In event details tap 4 to edit the event a e In event details tap a gt Delete event and follow the prompts Choose Which Calendar to Show You have the option to show only the calendars that you frequently use You can also show or hide tasks that you ve created in your phone Tap Paco EE Calendar 2 Tap i gt Accounts All calendars or Accounts Multi calendar 3 Select or clear an account you wish to show or hide If you have multiple calendars under an online account tap maa to select the items to include Note Calendars are synced on your phone even if they are hidden Useful Features 188 Calendar Events Not Showing If you can t find events from your email accounts or social networks in Calendar check whether the Calendar sync is turned on in Settings 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap gt Accounts amp sync 2 Tap an account type If multiple accounts are supported such as Exchange ActiveSync tap the account you want to sync 3 Select Calendar and then tap a gt Sync now Share an Event vCalendar You can share a calendar event as a vCalendar using Bluetooth or by sending it as a file attachment with your email or message 1 Tapsi Calendar 2 Doone of the following a e While viewing an event tap a gt Share via e In
148. eep chat history in the chat window tap gt Turn history off Delete Chat History To delete all your chat history in the chat window tap gt Delete gt DELETE Note You can use Hangouts as your phone s default messaging app or as a standalone IM app If you set Hangouts as the default messaging app the Messages app will be disabled For more information see More Wireless amp Network Settings Calculator Your phone s convenient built in calculator lets you perform basic mathematical equations 1 Tap gt Calculator 2 Enter numbers or formulas using the onscreen keys 3 Doany ofthe following e Turn your phone sideways to switch to a scientific calculator and then enter numbers or formulas using the onscreen keys The scientific calculator lets you perform more complex calculations with square root logarithmic and trigonometric functions e Tap DEL to remove one digit at a time Touch and hold DEL to delete the entire number 4 Tap for the result Calendar Use Calendar to create and manage events meetings and appointments Your Calendar helps organize your time and reminds you of important events Depending on your synchronization settings your phone s Calendar stays in sync with your Calendar on the Web Exchange ActiveSync calendar Google Calendar and Outlook calendar In order to sync with your Google calendar you must sign in to your Google Account on your phone See Google Account U
149. eir website If you aren t comfortable with the third party application s policies don t use the application Find and Install an App When you install apps from Google Play app and use them on your phone they may require access to your personal information such as your location contact data and more or access to certain functions or settings on your phone Download and install only apps that you trust 1 Taplasiiis gt Play Store 2 When you open the Google Play Store app for the first time the Terms of Service window will appear Tap ACCEPT to continue 3 Browse through the categories APPS GAMES MOVIES amp TV MUSIC BOOKS or NEWSSTAND find an item you re interested in and tap the name e Browse through featured apps Scroll through the list of featured apps when you open Google Play e Browse apps recommended by Sprint Tap APPS 5 SPRINT and then scroll through the list e Search for an app Tap Q on the Google Play home screen enter the name or type of app you re looking for and then tap ce on the keyboard 4 Tapan app to read a description about the app and user reviews 5 Tap Install for free applications or the price for paid applications Note You need a Google Wallet account to purchase items on Google Play See Google Wallet to set up a Google Wallet account if you do not have one 6 The subsequent screen notifies you whether the app will require access to your personal information or access to
150. el to check if there s any notification to finish setting up your phone Your free apps that you ve previously downloaded from Google Play will be restored in the background and you can track the progress via a notification in the status bar To restore paid apps you need to download and install them from Google Play Your apps will appear on the Apps screen as they are installed The Apps and Home screen shortcuts will be reorganized as in your backup after all of your apps have been installed You may continue using your phone while apps are being restored Get Started 26 Basic Operations The following topics outline basic features and operations of your phone The following topics offer an overview of your phone s basic operations Home Screen and Applications Apps List Most of your phone s operations originate from the home screen or the apps list The first time you turned on the phone tap Tap to personalize and then tap LET S EXPLORE to personalize the home screen with the HTC Sense Home widget Swipe left and you ll discover widget panels for adding your favorite widgets apps and more so they re just a tap away And if you need more room for your stuff you can add more widget panels For details see Customize the Home Screen Swipe right for HTC BlinkFeed to show posts from your social networks headlines from your favorite news media and more For details see HTC BlinkFeed Your Dynamic Home Screen
151. em Use Browser Tabs Open multiple browser tabs to make it easier for you to switch from one website to another 1 Tap gt Chrome 2 While viewing a Web page tap gt New tab Repeat the same to open new browser tabs 3 To switch among browser tabs tap O and then tap the webpage you want to view 4 To close a browser tab tap CT and then swipe up the tab you want to close Messaging and Internet 138 Tip Opened browser tabs reside in the Recent apps screen If you want to see the browser tabs inside Chrome you can disable this feature On the browser screen tap s gt Settings gt Merge tabs and apps tap the switch and then tap OK Add Bookmarks Add your favorite webpages as bookmarks so you can access them quickly 1 Tap D5 Chrome 2 While viewing a Web page tap s and then tap Ww l 3 Edit the bookmark name or save the bookmark in a folder 4 Tap Save 5 To view and open a bookmark tap gt Bookmarks Navigate to the bookmark you want to open and then tap it Note You can also add a bookmark directly to the Home screen While viewing a webpage tap 8 gt Add to homescreen Browsing History Your phone keeps a record of webpages you ve visited Note If you don t want your phone to keep your browsing history browse using an incognito tab See Private Browsing for details Check your Browsing History 1 Tap D5 Chrome 2 Tap gt History 3 Navigate to the webpage that
152. en extends the email synchronization time after each auto sync time passes and you don t open the Mail app To sync your email at any time open the Mail app and refresh your inbox If you want to receive email messages as they arrive select another peak and off peak sync schedule in the email account s Sync Send amp Receive settings Delete an Email Account Delete an email account from your phone if you want to discontinue using that account 1 TapD gt gt M Mail 2 Switch to the email account that you wantto delete 3 Tapa Settings gt Delete account 4 Tap OK to confirm Change the Email Account Settings Change your email account settings such as the email account name and password signature sync schedule and more 1 Tap I5 215 Y Mail 2 Switch to the email account you want to change 3 Tapa Settings and choose from these options e Account settings Change the email account settings such as the name email address password and description e General settings Messaging and Internet 132 O O Mail body font size Set the font size when reading email messages Use signature Select to append a signature to your outgoing email messages Signature Set the signature for outgoing email messages Set as default account Select to use the current email account as the default account to send email messages Attachment cache Select where to cache email attachments Ask before deleting Sel
153. en won t turn on press and hold the Power Lock button for more than 10 seconds until the phone restarts Keep in mind that you could lose any or all of the data you re working on when you restart the phone For details see Turn Your Phone On and Off Question Operation is unstable after a new application was installed Answer The newly installed application may be the cause Uninstall the application See Uninstall an App Question Cannot use phone mail or Internet Answer 1 Check whether you are where signal is weak or out of service area Answer 2 Restart the phone For details see Turn Your Phone On and Off Answer 3 Is the phone in Airplane mode To check that Airplane mode is cancelled e Tap N si 2 Settings Check if Airplane mode is on or off Answer 4 Is data communication disabled To check that data communication is enabled e Tap N s3885 O Settings Check if Mobile data is on Question Battery level goes down quickly Answer Are you where signal is weak or have been out of service area for a long period Calling where signal is weak or being out of service area uses a lot of battery For tips on how to save battery power see Battery Saving Tips Question Cannot install applications Answer Applications cannot be installed with only a little free space on the phone or SD card To check free space see Storage Settings Applications not supported by your phone cannot be installed To install third party apps s
154. er options to search get help or change the Visual Voicemail settings Configure Visual Voicemail Settings The Visual Voicemail settings menu lets you access settings for notifications pictures greetings and more Phone App 95 1 Tap Di Sd Voicemail a 2 Tapia Settings You will see the voicemail settings menu 3 Select an option to change its settings Change Your Main Greeting via the Voicemail Menu Your main greeting can be changed directly via the Visual Voicemail system This direct access saves you from having to navigate within the voicemail menu 1 Tap D5 1 5 Sd Voicemail a 2 Tapa Settings gt Preferences gt Personalize voicemail 3 Tap OK to connect to the voicemail system Follow the prompts to change your current greeting Edit the Display Name via the Voicemail Menu From your Visual Voicemail menu you can quickly change the name or number attached to your voice messages 1 Tap O gt gt Sd Voicemail 2 Tapia Settings gt Display gt Display name 3 Tap the existing identification field and enter a new identifying name or number used to identify you to recipients of your voice messages 4 Tap OK to save your information Conference Calling With conference calling also known as 3 way calling you can talk to two people at the same time When using this feature the normal airtime rates will be charged for each of the two calls 1 TapQ gt V 2 Diala number
155. er tiles available in Quick Settings 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Quick Settings 2 Tap 4 and do one of the following e Inthe Quick Settings list touch and hold sums next to the item you want to move and drag it to rearrange the list e Under Hidden items touch and hold sums and drag it up to make it available in Quick Settings Note There is a limit to the number of tiles that can be shown in Quick Settings You may need to remove an existing item to make space for another one To remove an item drag it below Hidden items Capture Screenshots Capture the phone screen to show off your high game score write a blog post about your phone s features or post a status update about a song you re playing Press and hold the Power Lock button and the Volume Down button at the same time Basic Operations 30 The image is saved in the Screenshots album in Gallery Tip To share the image immediately after capturing wait until you see the icon Ha in the status bar Slide the Notifications panel open and tap NG under the Screenshot notification If you don t see NG Spread two fingers apart on the screenshot notification Applications The following topics describe how to access the Applications Apps screen and launch apps on your phone Apps List The Apps screen includes any apps you download and install on your phone The following table outlines the primary apps that have been preinst
156. er use details Tip If you see buttons while viewing an app s battery use details you can tap them to adjust settings that affect battery usage stop the app and more Check Battery History Check how long you ve been using the phone since the last charge You can also see a chart that shows how long the screen has been on and how long you ve been using connections like the mobile network or Wi Fi 1 TapQ gt it gt O Settings 2 Tap Power gt History 3 If you ve used the phone for a long time since the last charge swipe left or right to scale the graph that details battery usage over time You can also slide your fingers together or apart to scale the graph Display the Battery Percentage You can check the percentage of remaining battery power right from the status bar 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Power 3 Select Show battery level Settings 270 Battery Saving Tips How long the battery can last before it needs recharging depends on how you use your phone The power management features of your phone helps increase battery life In times when you need to extend the battery life more try out some of these tips Check Power Usage Monitoring your battery usage helps you identify what s using the most power so you can choose what to do about it For details see Check Battery Usage Manage Your Connections Turn off wireless connections you re not using To turn on or off connections such as mobile data Wi F
157. ere taken in that area 5 Tap the location indicator to see the photos taken in that area Tip Want to know where you took a particular photo While viewing the photo in full screen tap anywhere on the screen and then tap a gt Show on map Show on map is available when you ve enabled Geo tag photos in Camera Add Location Information To be more specific about your photos you can add names of points of interests POI to your photos too 1 TapQ gt it gt Gallery 2 Tap gt Locations to switch to Locations view 3 Swipe to the PLACES tab 4 Tap Tap to edit location gt Add a new place Camera and Video 160 5 Tapa point of interest to add a POI from Foursquare or tap New place to manually enter a new name 6 TapSAVE Change Location Information 1 Tap Gallery 2 Tap gt Locations to switch to Locations view 3 Swipeto the PLACES tab 4 Find the grouping you want to rename or edit tap mum and try one of the following 5 Tap Save Select another POI Tap Edit location gt Tap to edit location Tapa point of interest to add a POI from Foursquare or tap New place to manually enter a new name Tap SAVE Rename the location Tap Rename this place You ll only see Rename this place if the name is stored on your phone Entera new name TapSAVE Add Photos or Videos to an Album You can add photos or videos to an existing album or a new one 1 Tap Gallery
158. ering a keyword or by using Google Voice Search Note Some apps such as People or Mail have their own search function which you can use to search only within those apps Perform Searches on the Web and Your Phone You can search for information on your phone and on the Web Messaging and Internet 140 1 Tap gt e e e gt Google Or swipe up from the navigation buttons Tip If you ve already set up a Google Account on your phone you will be given the option to sign in to Google Now To sign in to Google Now at a later time tap SKIP 2 In the search box enter what you want to search for As you type matching items on your phone and suggestions from Google Web search are shown e Tosearch for the information exclusively on your phone swipe your finger up the screen and then tap Search Phone 3 Ifwhat you re searching for is in the list of suggestions tap the item to open it in its compatible app Search the Web with Your Voice Use Google Voice Search to find information on the Web just by speaking to your phone Note Searching with your voice is not supported on all languages 1 Tap see Google Es Or swipe up from the navigation buttons 2 Tap 4 and then say what you wantto search for After speaking matching items from Google Web search are shown 3 Ifwhat you re searching for is in the list tap the item to open it in its compatible app Otherwise tap 4 to search again Set Search Opti
159. es 216 Select Which Notifications to Display Alerts for clock alarms timers calendar events and tasks will automatically display through the HTC Dot View case You can choose whether to display or hide Mail Messages and phone call notifications 1 Tap Q gt se BJ HTC Dot View 2 In the HTC Dot View app tap Notification settings 3 Choose which notifications you want to show or hide Tip For more details on using HTC Dot View visit htc com HTC Help Before calling for support you can first use the Help app to troubleshoot or perform diagnostics on your phone This helps you in finding the problem cause and in determining whether you can resolve the problem or you need to call for support Tapl35 155 Help Note If HTC Help is not preinstalled on your phone you can download it from the Google Play Store app Useful Features 217 Connectivity The following topics address your phone s connectivity options including USB file transfer and tethering Wi Fi Bluetooth IR connectivity and more Connections Optimizer The Connections Optimizer is a tool that automatically selects the best mobile network for your phone including remembered Wi Fi networks About Connections Optimizer The Connections Optimizer helps you manage and enhance your data experience by finding and connecting to remembered Wi Fi networks on your phone Remembered Wi Fi networks are networks with which you have previously ch
160. eset Messages Back up your text messages to the storage on the phone or save them as an email attachment See Back Up and Restore Your Text Messages Contacts Save contacts and other personal data to your online accounts so you can just sync them when switching to another phone If you have locally stored contacts in the People app export them to the storage on the phone See Back Up and Restore Your Contacts Files Manually copy and paste files by connecting your phone to your computer as a disk drive You can also upload files to online storage and services Other data If you added new words to your personal dictionary in the onscreen keyboard back up the dictionary to the storage or save it as an email attachment See Enter Text with Word Prediction on the HTC Sense Keyboard Check the other apps to see if they support exporting data to the storage Note If you re backing up data to the storage don t choose to erase the storage when you do a factory reset Use HTC Backup Save the time and frustration of restoring your content when you do a factory reset or you lose damage or buy another phone On your phone use HTC Backup to do a regular backup to the cloud so you can easily restore your content next time HTC Backup uses your Google Drive or Dropbox storage to keep your content and settings It can back up and restore the following Personalization settings These include your feed sources in HTC BlinkFeed widgets wa
161. ess amp networks tap More gt Data usage On the MOBILE tab drag the vertical line markers to see how much data you ve used during a particular time interval Scroll down the screen to see a list of apps and their data usage info Tapan app to see more details Messaging and Internet 137 Chrome Browser Your phone comes with the Chrome mobile Web browser If you are signed in with a Google Account the Chrome browser will import all your bookmarks and other Web preferences for use on your phone Go to a Website 1 Tap D5 Chrome 2 Tap the address bar at the top and enter search words for a Google search or a Web address URL If the address bar does not show scroll down the screen 3 Onthe webpage you can e Tap a linkto open it or touch and hold a link to see more options e Tap an email address to send a message to the email address save it to People and more e Touch and hold an image to save copy or set it as your wallpaper e While browsing a webpage tap s and select the Request desktop site to display the full desktop version of the webpage 4 To return to the previous webpage you ve viewed tap gt To go forward tap gt gt l Find Text In a Web Page 1 Tap D5 Chrome 2 Navigate to a webpage and tap 8 gt Find in page 3 Enter the search item As you enter characters matching characters will be highlighted 4 Tap the up or down arrow to go to the previous or next matching it
162. f you feel much comfortable with using push buttons when taking photos and videos you can set your phone to use the Volume buttons as the Camera app s shutter release or zoom controls a 1 On the Viewfinder screen tap a to show the camera options 2 Tap 1 gt General settings gt Volume button options 3 Choose how you want to use the Volume buttons when you re in the Camera app Tip When in Zoe camera mode you can press and hold either Volume button to take burst shots with a 3 second clip or record a longer video Close the Camera App To give you a full view of the Viewfinder screen your phone replaces 5 and LU with small dots Tap a dotto show these buttons again and then tap or D to close the Camera app and return to the Home screen or the previous screen Take a Picture Whether it s moving or not clearly capture any moment with your phone s camera Camera and Video 147 Note If you have an SD card installed you can choose to save pictures and videos to the SD card f no card is installed pictures and videos are saved to your phone s memory 1 2 3 4 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen Switch to Camera mode Point the camera at what you wantto capture The camera adjusts the focus automatically as you move it When you re ready to take the shot tap 7 jie Tip You can also tap anywhere on the screen to take a photo if you selected Touch to capture ins gt
163. files by email a View and edit Office documents that are stored in Google Drive After creating new Office documents you can also save them to Google Drive sm View PDFs that are stored in Google Drive You can also export Office documents as PDFs to Google Drive a Check your available Google Drive storage space in Settings Back up your phone to Google Drive so you can easily restore your backup to another HTC phone next time Use the Google Drive app to manage your online storage Activate Your Free Google Drive Storage Use up to 115GB of free Google Drive storage In addition to the default storage that you get from Google Drive your phone features an additional 100GB of online storage free for two years Sign in to your Google Account on your HTC phone and not from your computer or other non HTC phones to claim this offer 1 Tap N gt es gt tu Drive If this app is not preloaded on your phone you can download it from Google Play 2 Ifthis is your first time to open the Drive app walk through the product tour until you see the additional storage offer If you ve opened this app before and currently don t see the screen for redeeming the offer tap gt Settings gt Product Tour to walk through the product tour 3 On the screen that shows the additional storage offer tap Redeem Or to claim the offer at a later time tap Offer Details and check up to when you can redeem the offer The additional s
164. fingers together or apart to zoom the photo e Rotate two fingers to rotate the photo e Tap 7 to save the current view of the photo Change the Video Playback Speed Add a cinematic flair to your videos by slowing down particular scenes You can vary the playback speed of selected sections of a slow motion video Camera and Video 164 Note You can only change the video playback speed of videos captured using the slow motion scene in Camera 1 TapQ gt it gt Gallery 2 Open the video you want to play in full screen You can identify slow motion videos by the icon on the thumbnail 3 Tap to switch between normal and slow motion playback 4 To adjust the playback speed of the video tap a gt Edit gt Adjust playback speed 5 Frame the sequence you want to slow down by moving the left and right sliders 6 Drag the slider up or down to choose how fast you want the sequence to play 7 Tap gt to watch the result 8 Tap SAVE The edited video is saved as a new file The original video remains unedited Trim Videos While watching a video you ve captured you can trim it to remove unwanted scenes and more 1 Taps Gallery 2 Open the video you want to play in full screen 3 Tap the onscreen controls to pause or resume playback adjust the volume and more Chillin Qut mp4 Tip Tap DI to share the video on your home network 4 Totrim the video tap a gt Edit 5 Drag the trim sliders
165. finish 8 Tap DONE on both phones Transfer Content from an iPhone If you have an iPhone there are 3 easy ways to transfer your contacts messages and other content to your HTC One M9 Backup and restore iPhone content through iCloud For details see Transfer iPhone Content Through iCloud Backup iPhone content using iTunes on your computer and then use HTC Sync Manager to transfer the content to HTC One M9 For details see HTC Sync Manager Get Started 23 Ifyou only need to copy your contacts you can use Bluetooth transfer For details see Transfer Content From Your Old Phone Using Bluetooth Transfer iPhone Content Through iCloud If you have an iCloud account sync iPhone content to your iCloud storage and then transfer the content to HTC One M9 You can transfer the following types of content from iCloud contacts bookmarks text messages messages from iMessage calendar events and photos 1 Tap gt 22 gt O Settings gt Get content from another phone 2 TapiPhone gt Import from iCloud backup 3 Enter your iCloud email address and password 4 Follow the steps shown onscreen to back up your iPhone content to your iCloud storage and then tap SIGN IN 5 Choose the iPhone backup that you want to transfer to HTC One M9 and then tap NEXT 6 Choose the types of content you want to transfer and then tap IMPORT 7 Wait for the transfer to finish and then tap DONE Note Only some conta
166. g the app to another position on the same page Wait until you see the occupying icon move away before releasing your finger e Drag the app to the Vv or A arrow to move it to another page 5 When you re done moving apps and folders tap VJ Basic Operations 36 Group Apps into Folders 1 TapQ gt N Tap W gt Custom Tapa gt Rearrange apps Touch and hold an app and then drag it over to another app to automatically create a folder To add more apps drag each app over to the folder To name the folder open the folder tap its title bar and then enter a folder name al S ot Ss O When you re done grouping apps and folders tap VJ Remove Apps from a Folder 1 Tap N gt i 2 Tap W gt Custom 3 Tap i gt Rearrange apps 4 Tap the folder to open it 5 Touch and hold an app and then drag it out to the Apps screen Wait until you see the occupying icon move away before releasing your finger 6 When you re done removing apps tap VJ Hide or Show Apps on the Apps Screen 1 Tap gt 2 Tap 2 gt Hide Unhide apps 3 Select the apps you want to hide or clear their check boxes to unhide them 4 Tap DONE Phone Number Follow the instructions below to display your phone s wireless phone number 1 TapQ gt 2t gt O Settings 2 Tap About gt Phone identity i P You will see the number listed under Phone number Basic Operations 37 Silent Mode Silent mode sets your pho
167. gs can also be transferred Note You need Android version 2 2 or later to use the HTC Transfer Tool on your old phone Note If your old phone has Android version 2 1 or an earlier version you need to use Bluetooth transfer For details see Transfer Content From Your Old Phone Using Bluetooth 1 If you re setting up your new HTC phone for the first time select Transfer content on the Transfer or restore content screen Tap s3285 O Settings gt Get content from another phone Get Started 22 2 Choose whether to transfer from an old HTC Android phone or other Android phone 3 Tap Full transfer and then tap NEXT 4 Follow the steps shown on your new phone to download and install the HTC Transfer Tool from Google Play to your old phone install it and open the tool 5 When you see a PIN on your old phone make sure the same PIN also appears on your new phone before you continue Get content from another phone PIN code 1 071 On your OLD PHONE Make Sure ihe PIN code on your old phone matches the one shown here and then tap CONFIRM NEXT Note If the PIN code doesn t appear this may mean that your old phone is unable to connect to your new phone If this happens tap Try another transfer method on your new phone to use Bluetooth for transferring contacts from your old phone 6 On your old phone choose the types of content you want to transfer and then tap START or TRANSFER 7 Wait for the transfer to
168. gt Settings gt Search contacts by and then choose a search criteria Set Up Your Profile Your profile stores your personal contact information in an easy to access location 1 TapQ gt os gt 2S People gt My profile 2 Tap Edit my contact card 3 Enter or edit your name and contact details 4 Tap your current profile photo or icon to change it 5 Tapv Aside from your contact details your profile also shows updates you ve posted on your social networks Emergency Information To make it easier for emergency personnel to identify important contacts and personal information you can select your emergency contacts and enter your emergency information right in your profile These information will show on the emergency calling screen Phone App 103 1 TapQ gt ss gt 2S People gt My profile 2 Tap in case of emergency under the Information section 3 Tap Choose your emergency contacts You will be redirected to your Emergency contacts group 4 Add contacts to your Emergency contacts group and then tap 5 l 5 Tap Information goes here and then enter your emergency information 6 Tapy Add Entries to the People App You can add new contacts to the People app or add existing ones from your social network or Exchange ActiveSync accounts Add a New People Entry Start adding your contacts on your phone If you ve set up an email account on your phone you can sync your new contacts with that account
169. h of the time 4 Tap START to begin the timer Check the Weather Use the Weather app and widget to check the current weather and weather forecasts for the next few days In addition to your current location you can view weather forecasts for other cities around the globe 1 Tap DN s3885 I Weather You ll see the weather from different cities including where you are 2 Tapa city to view weather information 3 Swipe to the HOURLY and FORECAST tabs to view the forecasts in your selected location 4 To check the weather in other cities tap W and then select the city you want 5 To add more cities tap and then enter the location Your settings in the Weather app also control the weather information that is shown in the Clock and Calendar apps Twitter Tweet post messages and view other people s tweets on Twitter Login may be required to use Twitter For details on Twitter visit twitter com Install the Twitter App on Your Phone Before you can use Twitter on your phone you have to download and install the app from Google Play 1 Tap I5 1225 gt Play Store 2 Tap Q and search for twitter O Tap Twitter from the results list A Tap INSTALL and then tap ACCEPT Useful Features 192 5 When the download has completed tap OPEN To open the app from the Home screen tap gt y Twitter Tweet on Twitter Read Twitter feeds follow your friends and tweet your own updates right from your
170. he Web using your voice See Search the Web with Your Voice the Web using your voice See Search the Web with Your Voice man ma kA and read your voicemail messages See Visual Voicemail Check the weather in your location and in other cities around the world See Check the Weather GS Youtube Watch or upload videos online See YouTube Bro Create Zoes and share them with your Zoe community Open an App There are several options for opening an app from the Home screen Tap an app on the launch bar at the bottom of the Home screen Tap ee eto go to the Apps screen and then tap the app you want to use On the Apps screen tap Q and then enter the name of the app you re looking for Open an App or Folder from the Lock Screen On the lock screen drag an app or folder icon up to unlock the screen and directly go to the app or folder If you ve set up a screen lock you ll be asked to provide your credentials first before your phone opens the app or folder Tip The shortcuts on the lock screen are the same ones on your Home screen s launch bar To change the lock screen shortcuts you ll have to replace the apps or folders on the launch bar Switch Between Recently Opened Apps When you re multitasking and using different apps on your phone or opened multiple Web pages from the Web browser you can easily switch between the apps or Web pages you ve recently opened Tap O to see recently opened apps e
171. he following e Selecta different language Tap Text to speech output gt Google Text to speech Engine gt Language e Install a language Tap Text to speech output gt Google Text to speech Engine gt Install voice data 4 Select the language you want to use Note Not all languages are supported Backup and Reset Find ways on how to back up your data or how to reset the phone Always keep important stuff on your phone Back up your phone before you erase the storage doa factory reset or upgrade to anew phone Settings 254 Backup Options HTC Backup Use the built in HTC Backup to back up your accounts apps settings and more to the cloud so that it will be easier to restore them on your phone after a factory reset or ona newer phone HTC Sync Manager Use HTC Sync Manager to import music photos and videos to your computer You can also sync locally stored contacts calendar events bookmarks documents and playlists to your computer Likewise HTC Sync Manager is a good alternative if you don t want to back up your accounts settings and other personal content to the cloud You can use it to create backups of your phone on your computer For details see HTC Sync Manager Other backup options Separately back up other data and file types if they re not supported in HTC Backup and HTC Sync Manager In some apps you can back up data to the storage on the phone so you can easily restore them after a factory r
172. i or Bluetooth go to Settings and tap their ON OFF switches Turn GPS on only when a precise location is needed To prevent some apps from using GPS in the background clear the Device sensors option in Settings gt Location gt Mode Select it only when you need your precise location while using navigation or location based apps For more information on location services see Location Settings Ifthe Sleep mode option in Settings gt Power is enabled at low peak times your phone will turn off the data connection after the screen has been off for 15 minutes and there s no network activity no downloads streaming or data usage The data connection resumes when you switch the screen back on Turn on Airplane mode when you don t need any wireless connections and you don t want to receive calls or messages For details see Airplane Mode Manage Your Display Lowering the brightness letting the display sleep when not in use and keeping it simple helps save battery power Use automatic brightness the default or manually lower the brightness Set the screen timeout to a shorter time Don t use a live wallpaper for your Home screen Animation effects are nice to show off to other people but they drain your battery Changing your wallpaper to a plain black background can also help a little The less color is displayed the less battery is used For more details see Display 4 Gestures Settings Manage Your Apps s In
173. ication left or right to dismiss it e Tap SEND MAIL to send a quick response to the meeting attendees Tip To edit the preset quick responses or add your own open Calendar and then tap a gt Settings gt Quick response If you don t want to dismiss or snooze the calendar reminders tap 5 from the Notifications panel to keep them pending in the notifications area of the status bar Clock Your phone has a clock app that lets you set alarms view time in time zones around the world use a stopwatch set a timer and use your phone as a desk clock Check the Time You can check the phone any time on your phone The current time displays in the upper right corner of the status bar Many widgets and lock screens also display the time and provide options for how time is displayed Set the Date and Time Manually You can change your date and time 1 Tap the clock on your Home screen panel if available Or tap N Tease Ga Clock 2 On the WORLD CLOCK tab tap a gt Local time settings 3 Clear Automatic date amp time and Automatic time zone and then set the time zone date and time as required Tip To display military time choose the Use 24 hour format option Set an Alarm You can set up one or more alarms Useful Features 190 1 Tap the clock on your Home screen panel if available Or tap N gt gt _ Clock 2 Onthe ALARMS tab select the check button of an alarm and then tap that alarm 3 Under Set
174. icemail 93 Options 95 290 Review 94 Set Up 93 Settings 95 Voice Memos 215 Voice Recorder 215 Voice Typing 43 Voicemail 92 Display name 96 Greeting 96 International 237 Notification 92 Password 281 Retrieve Messages 93 Setup 92 Volume Key 4 Wallpaper 62 Weather 192 Wi Fi 220 Disconnect 221 Turn On or Off 220 WPS 221 Wi Fi Calling 99 Enable 99 Make a Call 100 Set Up 99 Turn Off 100 Wi Fi Direct 221 Widget panels 54 Wireless Router 223 World Clock 191 Y YouTube 194 Search Videos 194 Watch Videos 194 Z Zoe 166 Zoodles 204 Zoom 15 Zooming 146 Index 291
175. imilar photos and videos using Image match or by searching with keywords or tags See Search for Photos and Videos and Find Matching Photos for details Turn On One Gallery One Gallery lets you view your Facebook Flickr Google Drive and Dropbox pictures and videos in Gallery Camera and Video 166 1 Tap Gallery 2 Tap gt General Settings gt One Gallery 3 Tap NEXT and then select the online account you want to sign in with 4 Choose the online services whose photos and videos you want to see in Gallery One Gallery will then sync with the accounts 5 After the accounts have been synced tap v You ll then be able to see your online photos and videos in Gallery Photo Editor Make your pictures even better Photo Editor has an array of editing tools that let you crop rotate apply and create photo filters and much more to your photos To open Photo Editor tap gt o gt Ld Photo Editor Basic Photo Editing Here are some basic editing techniques that you can apply to your photos Choose a Photo to Edit You can select photos to edit from Photo Editor or Gallery 1 TapQ Sss ea Photo Editor 2 Tap Gallery to open an existing photo on your phone and then browse for the item to edit Or tap Camera if you want to take a new photo to edit A slideout menu appears where you can choose editing options Tip You can also tap J while viewing a photo in full screen from the Gallery app
176. ingers apart or together on the shape to adjust its size e Touch and hold the shape with two fingers and then drag your fingers in a circular motion to rotate it 4 Tap to open the toolbar 5 Tap choose a different blending option for the selected layer and then tap gt 6 Tap gt 4 and then drag the slider to adjust the shape s opacity 7 If you want to adjust your photo to blend with the shape tap gt to switch from the shape layer to the photo layer Camera and Video 172 8 Tapa setting to adjust its values and then tap gt 9 Tap V to save changes The edited photo is saved as a new photo The original photo remains unedited Photo Shapes Photo Shapes lets you add a shape to your image and fill it with another photo 1 Tap gt gt Li Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit 2 Inthe slideout menu that opens tap Effects gt ES PHOTOSHAPES 3 Choose a second image to be the fill for your selected shape 4 Choose a shape to add to your photo 5 Tap 9 to switch to the shape layer You should see the shape layer icon W3 6 Do any ofthe following e Drag the shape mask to move it Camera and Video 173 e Drag your fingers apart or together on the shape mask to adjust its size e Touch and hold the shape mask with two fingers and then drag your fingers in a circular motion to rotate it e Tap Dito return to the image layer IS and then drag your
177. ion Lock Screen Notifications 263 Call Settings 22 2 0 a 264 Call Features U mmama mimi im lm La DaDa Dao Ia 264 Voicemail Settings mma mma amma a 0a 2a oaro a222 264 Hearing Aids _ 2 2 2 mmama amma ma mami ma mmama im D nannan 264 CDMA Call Settings amma aa wawa wa noaren a 265 Internet Call Settings mmama mam mm mmi ononon 266 Apps Settings mam mm mma mm mai m lam II 266 Uninstall Third party Apps mmama mam aoa aa aa annann ann 266 Clear Application Cache and Data ccccccccceeeecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 266 Storage Settings mama imam alama D ADADA III 267 Types of Storage u LLLLL mama mim ima laa LADD 2 2o22 2a 267 Copy Files To or From Your Phone 0 0 0 0 c cece cece ccccecccecctttttteeeees 267 Make More Storage Space 20 0 c cece ccc cece cececececccceceeceeeeetttecececeeeeeees 268 Encrypt Data on Your Phone 2 22 22 cece cece cece cence cece cece cece cece eceeeeeeeeeeees 268 Power Settings e ccc cece cece cece cceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeees 269 Optimize Battery Life with Power Saver Mode 269 Use Extreme Power Saving Mode 2222 2 li mam wmm aam m mean 270 Check Battery Usage u LL 270 Check Battery History
178. ions unintelligible The problem encountered appears related to TTY equipment or software used by PSAPs This matter has been brought to the attention of the FCC and the wireless industry and the PSAP community are currently working to resolve this Settings 265 DDTM Mode Select this option if you want to direct all calls to your voicemail when you are using data connection Other CDMA Call Settings Select these options to enhance voice privacy prepend numbers automatically or use plus code dialing 1 Tap 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Call 3 Tap CDMA call settings and select or customize these options e Voice Privacy Select to enable enhanced privacy mode e Automatic prepend Select to automatically add 1 for long distance calls e Plus code dialing Tap to set plus code dialing See Place and Answer Calls for details Internet Call Settings Use these options to set up your Internet calling account See Internet Calls Apps Settings Use the Apps menu to control your application settings or remove apps Uninstall Third party Apps Uninstall apps that you no longer need to save storage space 1 TapQ gt it gt Settings 2 Tap Apps 3 On any of the tabs tap the application you want to uninstall 4 Onthe App info screen tap Uninstall 5 Tap OK to confirm Note You cannot uninstall programs that are preinstalled on the phone Clear Application Cache and Data Free up storage space and phone
179. irm your action by entering the required information Scribble Make a page for your digital scrapbook or create interesting photos to share on your blog or social network Use the Scribble app to get artistic and combine photos text and illustrations in a note With several templates to choose from you can even create lists or track your budget Have a greeting card ready and link it to your friend s birthday in Calendar to send in a few taps Useful Features 206 Compose a Note Create notes and add images stickers and more to it 1 Tap DN gt IE a Scribble 2 Choose a template when you re prompted Or tap 3 Inthe box that says Title text here type your note title 4 Usethe editing tools to enter text draw figures record audio and more o La m 5 Insert images such as photos and webpage thumbnails 6 Touch and hold an image to move resize or delete it You can also use two fingers to rotate an image Gi 7 Tapafor other options such as changing the template linking the note to an event and more 8 Tap D to save the note Insert Images and Illustrations in a Note 1 TaplA 5 55 E scribble 2 While composing a note E e Tap totakea photo or tap a gt Insert picture to select an image from Gallery e Tap to draw or tap Ja to write text You can change the pen characteristics Useful Features 207 e Touch to insert a sticker e Toinsert a Web page thumbnail tap a gt Web conte
180. is Device If your phone has not been activated on the Sprint network you can use the Activate this device menu option to begin the process 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Activate this device Follow the onscreen prompts to begin activation a a A i If your phone is already activated you ll see a device Self Service screen with account information usage details and more System Updates From time to time system software updates for your phone may be available Your phone can automatically check and notify you if an update is available You can download and install the update to your phone Depending on the type of update the update may erase all your personal data and customized settings and it could also remove any programs you have installed Make sure that you have backed up the information and files you want to keep Note Checking and downloading system software updates require data access that will count towards your monthly data allowance 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap System updates 3 Tap any of these available settings e Update profile Update your online user profile information See Update Your Profile for details e Update PRL Update the Preferred Roaming List PRL See Update Your PRL for details e UICC Unlock Unlock the UICC and use a UICC card from other service providers For more information about UICC unlock contact Sprint Settings 275 e HTC software update Update the phone s operating sy
181. it on a level surface when using HDR When taking a panorama shot consider the whole scene and focus on an object that has a neutral tone to help keep the exposure balanced in the composite image If your subject is lit from the back use Backlight scene to highlight the foreground and keep some details of the background Camera and Video 148 Other Tips sm In Camera settings tap Grid to help frame the subject better or improve the composition a f taking photos under fluorescent or incandescent bulbs and the subject appears to be off color tap a gt AWB and then choose a white balance setting Check the image on the Viewfinder and select the option that displays the closest color to the natural color of the subject n Camera settings you can tap Image adjustments and adjust the exposure contrast and others before taking the photo a After capturing the photo you can continue to edit the contrast brightness and others in the Gallery app Record a Video Capture high definition video clips that you can later share or create into movies 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen 2 Switch to Camera mode 3 When you re ready to start recording tap m 4 Change focus to a different subject or area by just tapping it on the Viewfinder screen 5 Tap the flash icon to turn the flash on or off 6 Tap I to pause the recording and then tap m to resume 7 Tap O to stop recording Set the Video Resoluti
182. k gestures if you already have TalkBack turned on 1 TapQ gt it gt O Settings 2 Tap Accessibility 5 TalkBack 3 Tapa Settings gt Manage gestures 4 Tap any of the gestures under Shortcut gestures and then select an action Use TalkBack Context Menus TalkBack has context menus for controlling continuous reading and global TalkBack controls These menus can be accessed using TalkBack shortcut gestures 1 Turn TalkBack on 2 Doone of the following e Toopen the continuous reading menu use one finger to swipe up and right in one continuous movement e Toopen the global context menu use one finger to swipe down and right in one continuous movement Settings 253 Note If you already changed the TalkBack shortcut gestures check your TalkBack settings for the appropriate gesture 3 Touch and hold anywhere on the screen 4 Drag your finger around the screen to explore the options Note To cancel an action drag your finger to your starting position Change the TalkBack Reading Speed Important The steps below are described using the regular gestures Use the corresponding TalkBack gestures if you already have TalkBack turned on 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Accessibility 5 Text to speech output 5 Speech rate 3 Selecta speech rate Tip You can test the speech rate by tapping Listen to an example Change the TalkBack Language Settings 1 Tap 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Accessibility 3 Doone of t
183. l the Scout App on Your Phone Before you use Scout on your phone you must download and install the app from the Google Play Store app 1 Taplasiiis gt Play Store 2 Tap Q and search for scout 3 Tap Scout GPS Maps Meetup amp Chat from the results list 4 Tap INSTALL or UPDATE and then tap ACCEPT 5 When the download has completed tap OPEN To open the app from the Home screen tap gt s Scout Use Scout as Your Personal Navigator 1 Tap O 5 5 El scout The Scout app will open e If prompted accept the terms of use before continuing 2 Follow screen instructions to continue Hangouts Hangouts is Google s instant messaging service Use to communicate with other Hangout users and also use video calling Log in to your Google Account beforehand see Google Account Using Hangouts 1 TapQ nG Hangouts The Hangouts app will open 2 Type a name email number or circle or select a contact from the list 3 Type a message or tap CJ to start a video chat A chat window or a video chat window opens e Each time text is entered the corresponding friend appears e Ifa friend is not in a Hangout you will see a message Tap INVITE to invite them to join the Hangout Useful Features 185 Hangouts Operations Ending a Chat In the Hangouts window flick the chat from left to right Ending a Video Chat In the video chat window tap 8 Disabling Chat History If you don t want to k
184. lect to include email attachments when you forward the email Messaging and Internet 133 o Delete mail on server POP email only Select to remove mail from the server when you delete it on your phone o Always bcc me Select to always send yourself a copy of all email messages that you send e Notification settings o Email notifications Select to turn on email notifications on your phone o Play notification sound Set the phone to play a sound when a new email message arrives o Notification sound Select the sound to play when a new email message arrives o Vibrate Set the phone to vibrate when a new email message arrives e Delete account Tap to delete the email account 4 Tap D to save your changes Data Services General Information Sprint Spark LTE and 3G Networks The following topics will help you learn the basics of using your data services including managing your user name launching a data connection and navigating the Web with your phone Important Certain data services requests may require additional time to process While your phone is loading the requested service the touchscreen may appear unresponsive when in fact they are functioning properly Allow the phone some time to process your data usage request Sprint Spark LTE The Sprint Spark enhanced LTE network provides your phone with wireless Internet access over greater distances than Wi Fi and delivers data transfer rates of up to 60 Mbps To conne
185. ler s voice and automated prompts CAUTION Inserting an accessory into the incorrect jack may damage the phone Get Started 4 Dual Flash Camera Helps illuminate subjects in low light environments when the camera is focusing and capturing a picture or video SIM Card The SIM card is an IC card containing the phone number and other customer information Handling SIM Card Keep the following in mind when handling a SIM card Customer is responsible for any damage caused by inserting SIM Card in another brand IC card reader etc The company is not responsible in such case a Always keep the IC chip clean a Wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Avoid applying labels May damage SIM Card a See instructions included with SIM Card for handling Get Started 5 SIM Card is the property of the company SIM is replaceable at cost in case of loss damage Return SIM Card to the company when cancelling subscription Returned SIM Cards are recycled for environmental purposes Note that SIM Card specifications and performance may change without notice It is recommended that you keep a separate copy of information that is stored on SIM Card The company is not responsible for damages from stored information that is lost Always follow emergency procedures to suspend service if your SIM Card or phone SIM Card inserted is lost stolen For details contact Customer Service Always power off phone before inse
186. less router Your phone is ready to be used as a wireless router when you see CD on the status bar Connectivity 223 Share Internet Connection via USB Tethering Use the data connection of your phone to connect another device to the Internet through tethering a USB cable Note To make sure that the USB drivers for your phone are up to date install the latest version of HTC Sync Manager on your computer Note You may need to have USB tethering added to your data plan Contact Sprint for details Note Make sure that mobile data is turned on 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap Or 2 Under Wireless amp networks tap More 3 Tap Mobile network sharing gt USB network setting gt USB tethering Bluetooth Bluetooth is a short range communications technology that allows you to connect wirelessly to a number of Bluetooth devices such as headsets and hands free car kits and Bluetooth enabled handhelds computers printers and wireless phones The Bluetooth communication range is usually approximately 30 feet Bluetooth Hints Question Can t use Bluetooth Answer Is your phone in airplane mode Bluetooth is unavailable in airplane mode J Bluetooth Function Cautions Information may not appear correctly on connected devices depending on the transferred data Bluetooth Information Bluetooth is a technology that enables wireless connection with PCs Bluetooth devices with hands free feat
187. llowing e While viewing an article tap Your Phone Interface 61 e On HTC BlinkFeed touch and hold the tile of the article you want to bookmark and then tap Read later You ll find the reading list in the slideout menu Post to Your Social Networks You can easily post a status update from HTC BlinkFeed 1 Tap or swipe right to go to HTC BlinkFeed 2 Swipe right to open the slideout menu Ej 3 Tapa Compose and then choose a social network 4 Compose your status update and post it on your social network Remove Content From HTC BlinkFeed Whether it s a tile or an entire feed you can remove content you don t want to see on HTC BlinkF eed Toremove a tile touch and hold the tile you want to remove and then tap Remove To remove a feed source in the slideout menu tap a gt Remove content select one or more items and then tap REMOVE a To unsubscribe to a localized edition in the slideout menu tap a gt Remove content On the Remove content screen taps gt Remove editions select one or more items and then tap REMOVE Customize the Home Screen Learn how to set the wallpaper and add move or remove shortcuts widgets and folders from the home screen Your phone allows you to change the wallpaper add or remove widget panels change your main Home screen and add shortcuts folders and widgets at any time Change the Wallpaper Choose from the available wallpapers or use any photo
188. llpaper Home screen layout and ringtones Accounts and passwords HTC Backup stores the login credentials for many popular email and social network accounts including Exchange ActiveSync Outlook com and POP IMAP Settings 255 Apps and settings These include your contacts stored on your phone text messages Web bookmarks personal dictionary Wi Fi networks free apps you ve installed grid size and sort order on the Apps screen and more Backup Your Phone to Google Drive Turn on HTC Backup to do a daily backup of your content over Wi Fi You can turn it on by selecting Back up phone daily while doing the on device setup or enable it in Settings Note Depending on the amount of content doing a manual backup through data connection may incur additional data costs and take a long time Using a Wi Fi connection is recommended 1 Tap Q gt 33 gt Settings 2 Tap Backup amp reset gt Backup account 3 Tap HTC Account 4 Sign in with your Google Account HTC Account or Facebook account 5 Onthe Cloud storage screen tap the Google Drive option that has your Google Account name under it and then tap OK 6 If you used your HTC Account or Facebook account sign in to your Google Account to access your Google Drive 7 When prompted tap OK to allow HTC Backup to access your Google Drive 8 Todoa daily backup make sure the Automatic backup switch is on You can also tap Back up now to manually back up your
189. load and use the HTC Sync Manager software on your computer You can set it up to automatically get music photos and videos off your phone to your computer You can also sync playlists from your computer to the phone If you have an iPhone you can even connect it and transfer the camera roll photos and videos to your computer Then reconnect your phone and copy them over For details see HTC Sync Manager Tired of keeping copies of your media in several places Use online storage services to put your media in one place so you can manage them anywhere on your computer phone and other mobile devices Go to Settings and then tap Accounts 8 sync gt to check first what online storage accounts are available on your phone Sign in to the one you want to use and then use the Gallery app to access media in your online storage Ways of Transferring Contacts and Other Content into Your Phone There are different ways you can individually add contacts and other content to your new HTC phone Sync with your computer Use HTC Sync Manager to sync contacts documents playlists and more between your phone and a computer running a Windows or Mac OS operating system You can also use it to transfer iTunes backup that contains contacts messages and other content from an iPhone to your computer and then to your HTC phone For details see HTC Sync Manager Google Account Google contacts are imported to your phone after you sign in t
190. m mwamini lami ma walala Ia 223 Share Internet Connection via USB Tethering 22 224 Bluetooth aa 224 Bluetooth Information 22 22 2222 mama cece ec ccccecccceeeeeceeeeeeeees 224 Connect a Bluetooth Headset or Car Kit 225 Reconnect a Headset or Car Kit mami mami mme 225 Disconnect From a Bluetooth Device 2 0 0 02 02 0 0 0 0 cece ccc ccccccccceeeeeeeeeees 226 Send Information Using Bluetooth cece cece cece ccc cece eee eeeeee 226 Where Sent Information is Saved 22 Receive Files Using Bluetooth 2 0 aaah oa oaoa oaa aooaa Laana nnan 227 Share Content with NFC wwemami a a aaa 228 Turn NFC ON occ ees cee ees pa ee eee deere eaten eee steed oecak ut ecdees 229 Beam Content ccc c cece cece cece cece cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteetereteeeeee 229 HTC Connect oaaao anaana aaoo c cece eee cccccececcceeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeetttntecceeeeeeeeetesees 230 Share Media Using HTC Connect 2 22 2 c cece ce cccccccccccceeeceeeeeeeees 230 Stream Music to Speakers Powered by Qualcomm AllPlay Media Platform 232 Stream Music to Blackfire Compliant Speakers cece cece cece ec eeeeeecceeeee 233 Global Services u aaa 235 Set the Communications Method for Global Use
191. mated gif that you can quickly upload and share Note This feature is available for burst shots captured with continuous shooting mode You can identify burst shots by the o icon on the thumbnail 1 Tap D gt e gt ka Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit 2 Inthe slideout menu that opens tap Effects 5 EP GIF CREATOR You ll see an animation of the frames 3 Drag the trim sliders to the part where you want the animated gif to begin and end 4 Tap gt 5 Onthe next screen you can choose the direction you want the animation to play set the speed of the animation choose which frames you want to include and more Camera and Video 170 6 Tap YA when done 7 Select the file quality of your animation and then tap OK The animation is saved as a gif You can identify a gif by the icon on the thumbnail in Gallery Sequence Shot Hop skip or jump Create a sequence shot to stitch a series of actions into one photo Note This feature is available for burst shots captured with continuous shooting mode You can identify burst shots by the m icon on the thumbnail 1 Tap gt gt Ld Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit 2 Inthe slideout menu that opens tap Effects gt ay SEQUENCE SHOT You ll see frames that you can combine in one photo 3 Select the frames that you want to include in the sequence shot 4 Tap V when done R F 5 Tap and then tap to toggle between the bef
192. may want to connect to Wi Fi or disable auto upload of camera shots if you have a limited data plan a After taking continuous camera shots keep only the best shot and discard the rest a After editing a photo or trimming a video the original file is kept You can delete original files or move them to online storage or to your computer a Ifyou are only sending videos through MMS use a lower resolution High resolution video takes up more space In Camera settings tap Video Quality to change the resolution Back Up Apps Data Keep only the most recent data from apps on your phone You can back up calendars contacts and bookmarks or export text messages and personal dictionaries See Backup Disable Some Apps Apps even if not used often may be running in the background and downloading data into the phone storage If the app cannot be removed you can disable it In Settings tap Apps slide to the ALL tab and select the app that you want to disable Tap Disable Encrypt Data on Your Phone On the phone storage you can encrypt data such as your accounts settings downloaded apps and their data media and other files On a storage card you can only encrypt files Settings 268 Set a lock screen PIN or password before starting encryption Fully charge the battery and keep your phone connected to the power adapter during encryption This process may take about an hour Or So You cannot undo encryption on the phone storage If yo
193. memory by deleting application cache and data Settings 266 1 Tap I5 1255 O Settings 2 Tap Apps 3 Browse to the app you want to clear and then tap it Tip Tapa to sort the apps list 4 Inthe App info screen tap Clear data or Clear cache Storage Settings The storage settings menu lets you view and manage the phone storage Types of Storage Your phone has the following storage types for your apps data and files Phone storage This storage combines both the internal storage where apps email data and text messages are stored and the file storage where photos videos and music files are kept When you are running out of phone storage you can free up space by uninstalling apps changing download settings or moving files to your computer or to an online storage service SD card Storage card Use a storage card purchased separately for storing more files You can also set apps such as Camera to store directly to the card USB storage When you plug in an external USB storage device such as a USB flash drive or an SD card reader you can view photos and videos stored on the device right from Gallery and play songs stored on the device in Music You can also open PDFs and edit Office documents You need a special cable adapter to connect your phone and a USB storage device Your phone supports USB storage devices except portable hard drives up to 64 GB Online storage If you re using an online st
194. mode options manually With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap gt Mobile data gt Network mode e To allow connections to CDMA or LTE networks only tap CDMA Only or LTE CDMA e To allow connections to GSM or UMTS networks only tap GSM UMTS Only To allow connections to available CDMA LTE or GSM UMTS networks tap Automatic This is the recommended setting for international use Make and Receive Worldwide Calls When traveling on international networks you can place and answer calls as you would on the Sprint network see Place and Answer Calls although some additional instructions may be required to place a call Some features and services are not available in all countries For more information on services that are available while roaming visit sprint com sww Make Calls Using Plus Code Dialing Placing calls from one country to another country is simple with the Plus Code Dialing feature When placing international calls you can use Plus Code Dialing to enter the appropriate international access code for your location for example 011 for international calls placed from the United States Note Plus Code Dialing is only available when roaming internationally on GSM networks and on certain CDMA networks in the United States Canada and the Caribbean Global Services 236 Note International access codes and dialing information are available online at sprint com sww To use Plus Code
195. more frequently used items 1 On the Home screen swipe right or left until you see the HTC Sense Home widget 2 Doone of the following e Topin an item touch and hold it until you see O Downloads Suggestions e Tounpin an item touch and hold it until the unpinning progress bar has completed Add Apps to the HTC Sense Home Widget Add your favorite apps shortcuts or folders to the HTC Sense Home widget 1 Tap gt 33 2 Touch and hold the app shortcut or folder you want to add to the widget 3 Drag the item to where you want in the HTC Sense Home widget 4 The app shortcut or folder will be added to the HTC Sense Home widget and pinned in place Turn Smart Folders On and Off Smart folders are folders in the HTC Sense Home widget that dynamically change contents depending on the apps you download and use If you don t want to see recently downloaded or recommended apps you can turn off the smart folders 1 On the Home screen swipe right or left until you see the HTC Sense Home widget 2 Tap V and then tap s gt Show hide smart folders 3 Select the smart folders you want to show or hide 4 Tap OK Your Phone Interface 68 Customize the Lock Screen Use the home wallpaper or use any photo you ve taken with the camera as the lock screen wallpaper Change the Lock Screen Wallpaper 1 Tap gt gt Settings gt Personalize 2 Tap Change wallpaper below LOCK SCREEN 3 Tap any of the
196. mp keyboard gt HTC Sense Input Change the HTC Sense Keyboard Language If multiple keyboard languages are available on your phone you can choose which languages to enable in the onscreen keyboard 1 TapQ gt it gt O Settings 2 Tap Language amp keyboard gt HTC Sense Input gt Keyboard selection 3 Choose the languages you want and tap 5 4 Tochange the keyboard language do any of the following while entering text e Swipe left on the onscreen keyboard not available if you re using trace keyboard E e Tap the language key m until you see the language you want to use e Touch and hold the language key and then drag your finger to the keyboard language you want to use Basic Operations 40 N EN ES CZ CA O 4 12 EN waaa IF Enter Text with Word Prediction on the HTC Sense Keyboard The onscreen keyboard has predictive text to help you type quickly and accurately Predictive text input is enabled by default and word suggestions are displayed as you type promo ny q wie r Uyu op ale halt sihliikii Tiz x civibinim bai cl la t a ee EN i a To enter a word in predictive mode do any of the following Tap the space bar to insert the highlighted word in the suggestion list Tap a word from the suggestion list Tap the arrow next to the suggestion list to see more choices Tip If you ve accidentally chosen a wrong word from the suggestion list you can always go back and
197. n Launch Settings 260 Motion Launch Snap 78 Multimedia Messaging 113 Music Find Music Videos 200 Google Play Music 200 Listen to Music 195 Playlists 197 Sprint Music Plus 201 Trim 198 Update Covers Artist Photos 198 View Lyrics 199 Index N Nano SIM Card Tray 4 NASCAR Mobile 179 Navigation 179 Google Maps 181 Scout 184 NFC 228 Notification Icons 55 Notification LED 57 Notification Sound 244 Notifications 55 Notifications Panel 56 O Object Removal 171 One Gallery 166 Online Accounts Manage 246 Online Storage Google Drive 210 Onscreen Keyboard Calibrate 43 Enter Text by Speaking 43 Enter Text Typing 39 Trace Keyboard 42 Word Prediction 41 Onscreen Navigation 28 Optimize Phone Storage 268 P Pan 360 155 View 164 Parent Dashboard 205 People 101 Add an Entry 104 Backup Contacts 110 Contact Groups 109 Copy 106 Copy Contacts 106 Delete an Entry 106 Edit an Entry 105 Find 103 Import 106 Import Contacts 106 Make Call From 88 Merge 107 My Profile 103 Private Contacts 111 287 Send Contacts 108 Phone Change Dialer Layout 82 Dialer 82 Ringtone 100 Phone Calls 81 Answer 86 Emergency Numbers 83 Extension Number 83 From Calendar Event 84 From Call History 88 From Email Messages 84 From People 88 From Text Messages 84 International 84 Missed Call 85 Phone Dialpad 82 Smart Dial 82 Use Speed Dial 84 Using phone keypad 82 Phone Layout illustration 3 Phone Number 37 Phone Update Soft
198. n connected The next time your phone connects to a previously accessed secured wireless network you won t be asked to enter the key or other security information again Prevent Notifications from Unsecured Wi Fi Networks You can prevent getting notified about unsecured Wi Fi networks 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Quick Settings 2 If Wi Fi connection is off tap the WI FI tile to turn it on 3 Tap sas below the WI FI tile and check the list of detected Wi Fi 4 Touch and hold an unsecured Wi Fi network you want stop being notified about and tap Block network notification 5 To unblock an unsecured Wi Fi network touch and hold the network name and tap Unblock network notification Connectivity 220 Connect to a Wi Fi Network via WPS If you re using a Wi Fi router with Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS you can connect your phone easily 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Quick Settings 2 If Wi Fi connection is off tap the WI FI tile to turn it on 3 Tap sas below the WI FI tile and check the list of detected Wi Fi 4 Tapa WPS Push and then press the WPS button on your Wi Fi router Note To use the Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS PIN method tap a gt WPS Pin Entry Disconnect from a Wireless Network Quickly disconnect from a wireless network your phone is connected to 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Quick Settings 2 1fWi Fi connectio
199. n icon below the contact photo Manage People Entries Make sure your contacts information are up to date You can edit or delete an entry in People Edit a People Entry You can add another phone number email address or assign a photo to a contact in People Note Facebook and Twitter contacts cannot be edited Phone App 105 1 Tapsi ro People 2 On the PEOPLE tab touch and hold the contact and then tap Edit contact 3 Enter the new information 4 Tapv Delete an Entry Follow these steps to delete an entry in your contacts list 1 TaplO 51155 ro People 2 On the PEOPLE tab touch and hold the contact and then tap Delete contact 3 Tap OK to confirm Delete Multiple Entries Clean up your contacts list by deleting entries that you no longer need 1 Tap gt gt ro People 2 Onthe PEOPLE tab tap gt Delete contacts 3 Select the entries you want to delete and then tap DELETE Import or Copy Contacts Its easy to import or copy contacts from your online accounts and save them directly to your phone Import a Contact from an Exchange ActiveSync Account 1 Tap 51 5 ro People 2 On the PEOPLE tab tap Q and enter the contact s name or email address in the search box 3 TapSearch contacts in your Company Directory 4 Tap the name of the contact you want copied to your phone 5 Tap to save the contact to your phone Copy Contacts from One Account to Another 1 TapQ gt 2 gt ro People
200. n is off tap the WI FI tile to turn it on 3 Tap asas below the WI FI tile and check the list of detected Wi Fi 4 You can e Tap the wireless network that the phone is connected to and then tap DISCONNECT e If you want to remove the settings for this network touch and hold the network name and then tap Forget network To connect to another wireless network see Prevent Notifications from Unsecured Wi Fi Networks Use Wi Fi Direct to connect directly to other Wi Fi Direct devices simply via Wi Fi without an access point or via the Internet 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Quick Settings 2 1fWi Fi connection is off tap the WI FI tile to turn it on 3 Tap sas below the WI FI tile and check the list of detected Wi Fi networks 4 Tap 3 gt Wi Fi Direct 5 The Wi Fi Direct settings menu appears e Wi Fi Direct and Wi Fi are unavailable at the same time 6 Tap a device with which to connect If connected via Wi Fi you will see a confirmation Follow the onscreen instructions 7 Accept the connection on the other device Connectivity 221 The phone is connected via Wi Fi Direct e fa connection is not accepted after a certain period the connection request is cancelled To stop a connection tap End connection gt OK Virtual Private Networks VPN Add virtual private networks VPNs so you can connect and access resources inside a local network such as your corporate network Befor
201. n their learning progress Tolearn more about Kid Mode visit zoodles com Create a Child Profile You can add several child profiles to customize the learning experience for each of your kids 1 Tapl 35 25 E kid Mode The first time you use Kid Mode you need to create or sign in to your account 2 If prompted follow the instructions on the screen to set a child lock 3 Fill out the profile information and then tap Create profile 4 Tap Finish or tap Add a child to create a another profile Explore Kid Mode Enjoy the different child friendly activities in Kid Mode 1 TapQ gt gt Ei kid Mode Tip To easily switch to Kid Mode you can also press and hold the Power Lock button and then tap Kid Mode 2 Tap a child profile 3 Tobegin exploring Kid Mode tap Jungle Useful Features 204 4 Tap the icons to access games and apps record storybook readings and more oS Chavelle Expiore the pingle by tapping p on ong of the buttons above 5 To exit the playground and return to the main screen tap Map gt Profiles Parent Dashboard The Parent Dashboard is where you can change the app settings select learning subjects to promote and more 1 TapQ gt gt ES kia Mode 2 Tap Parent Dashboard 3 Tap Continue To Dashboard 4 Confirm your action by entering the required information 5 Tapan option to change the settings or to review your child s activities on the app Promote Subjects F
202. nc with your computer Select Exchange to create an Exchange ActiveSync calendar event Schedule or Edit an Event You can create or edit events on your phone and also sync events with your Google or Exchange ActiveSync calendars Note Editing events is not supported for all accounts 1 TapQ gt it gt Calendar 2 Onany Calendar view do one of the following e Create an event Tap Tap W and then select the calendar you will add the event to e Edit an event View an event and then tap 4 Useful Features 187 3 Enter and set the event details 4 Toinvite from your Google or Exchange ActiveSync account tap 2 5 Tap SAVE Or if you ve invited people to the event tap SEND or SEND UPDATE Check Your Schedule for an Event Avoid juggling multiple meetings at the same time In Calendar you can check your appointments to see if a new event would conflict with your schedule 1 When creating or editing an event tap Check calendar 2 Touch and hold the event box and then drag it to an available time slot 3 Drag the top and bottom nodes to adjust the event s time duration You ll see a message if there are conflicts with other scheduled events 4 Tap Done to return to the event screen and then save your event View Calendar Events You can display the Calendar in daily weekly monthly or agenda view To change the Calendar view tap W and then tap Year Month Week Day or Agenda Tap gt s
203. nd a Gmail Message Create and send an email message from your Gmail account 1 TapQ gt et gt M Gmail 2 Inthe inbox of the Gmail account you want to use tap l 3 Fill in one or more recipients Note If you want to send a carbon copy Cc or a blind carbon copy Bcc of the email to other recipients tap V next to the To field 4 Enter the email subject and then compose your emall 5 Ifyou want to attach a photo video or file tap G gt gt Attach file select the source of the Messaging and Internet 122 attachment and then select the file to attach 6 Tap to send Note While composing the message tap a gt Save draft to save it as a draft To discard the message tap a gt Discard Check Received Gmail Messages Your phone allows you to access read and reply to all your Gmail messages All your received emails are delivered to your Inbox 1 Tap gt gt M Gmail Primary T Zoodles Angela Wang Jason Holt 2 Draft Mow 17 le Sales report Charles Collins New 16 Lunch this Tuesday O 5 Charles Collins O 2 Doany ofthe following from your Inbox e Tap an email message not the sender image or letter tile to read forward or reply to the message e Tap to change the inbox category for example Social switch to your other Gmail account or to display drafts sent messages or other email labels and categories e Tap the sender image or letter tile to select one
204. nd information recommendations on the HTC Sense Home 3 Tap FINISH Your phone is now set up for use If you skipped any part of the setup you can access additional options through the Apps screen or through Settings Note During or after setup you may see a Connections Optimizer notice Read the notice and tap Agree to allow your phone to connect automatically to the best available data network including Wi Fi To turn Connections Optimizer off at any time from home tap e e e gt O Settings gt Mobile data 5 Automatic Connections and uncheck the Sprint Connections Optimizer box See Connections Optimizer for details Note Some features that need to connect to the Internet such as location based services and auto sync of your online accounts may incur extra data fees To avoid incurring data fees disable these features under Settings Transfer Content to Your New Phone You can easily transfer content contacts messages calendar events music photos videos and more from other phones or your computer to your new phone using the HTC Transfer Tool Bluetooth or direct USB connection Transfer Content from an Android Phone On your old Android phone download the HTC Transfer Tool and use it to transfer your content to your new HTC phone The types of locally stored content on your old phone that the tool can transfer include contacts messages calendar events Web bookmarks music photos and videos Some settin
205. nd then tap gt 8 Tap SY to save changes The edited photo is saved as a new photo The original photo remains unedited Double Exposure With Double Exposure combine and blend two photos and create something surreal Camera and Video 175 1 Tap N gt e e gt kd Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit 2 Inthe slideout menu that opens tap Effects 5 DOUBLEEXPOSURE 3 Choose your second image This will be your top layer e 4 Do any ofthe following e Drag the layer to move it e Drag your fingers apart or together on the layer to adjust its size 5 Tap to open the toolbar 6 Tap e choose a different blending option for the selected layer and then tap gt 7 Tap gt 4 tap a setting and then drag the slider to adjust its values 8 If you want to adjust your background layer to blend with the top layer tap e to switch to the background layer 9 Tap a setting and drag the slider to adjust its values and then tap gt 10 Tap SY to save changes The edited photo is saved as a new photo The original photo remains unedited Camera and Video 176 Elements Add animated elements to your photo 1 Tap N gt e e gt Ld Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit 2 Inthe slideout menu that opens tap Effects 5 mke ELEMENTS 3 Tapan element typeto apply to your photo 4 Tap to open the toolbar 5 Tap 2 draw an animation path or area for the selec
206. nd then tap the entry to call it Tip If you have multiple missed calls tap the missed calls notification to open the CALL HISTORY tab Phone App 85 Answer Phone Calls The following information lets you know how to answer incoming calls mute the ringer on incoming calls reject incoming calls and more When you receive a phone call from a contact the Incoming call screen appears and displays the caller ID icon name and phone number of the calling party When you receive a phone call from someone who is not stored in People only the default caller ID icon and phone number appear on the Incoming call screen Note Your phone will automatically adjust the ringtone volume when you use the polite ringer and pocket mode features Note If your phone is turned off all calls automatically go to voicemail Answer or Reject an Incoming Call a Ifthe display is on when you get a call tap ANSWER or DECLINE fthe display is locked when you get a call drag NG or upwards You can also press the Power Lock button twice to reject a call Tip After declining a call you can send a text message to the caller or create a task to remind you to return the call All declined calls go to your voicemail Mute the Ringing Sound without Rejecting the Call Press the VolumeUp or VolumeDown button Briefly press the Power Lock button Place the phone face down on a level surface You can do this even on the lock screen Note If yo
207. nder PRIORITY INTERRUPTIONS enable events that are always allowed to interrupt during the downtime schedule 5 Under DOWNTIME set a schedule for your selected priority interruptions Incoming Calls Ringtone You can select and assign ringtones for your incoming calls Your phone provides a variety of ringtones that you can set as the default ringtone of your phone 1 Tap 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Sound 8 notification gt Ringtone 3 Tap the ringtone you want to use and then tap APPLY The ringtone briefly plays when selected Note To set a sound file as ringtone see Set a Song as a Ringtone Incoming Calls Other Options Enable Quiet ring on pickup so your phone lowers the ringtone volume the moment you pick it up to answer a call When your phone is in your bag or pocket enable Pocket mode so the phone rings louder when you have an incoming call Tap the Flip to mute option to mute the phone just by flipping it over You can choose to enable or disable the Quiet ring on pickup or Pocket mode incoming call features 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Sound 8 notification 3 Select or clear the Quiet ring on pickup or Pocket mode options to enable or disable the features 4 Tap Flip to mute and then select the mute setting For more information see Motion Gestures Settings 262 System Sound Settings The System sound settings menu lets you select whether you hear tones when tapping numbers on the dialpad
208. ne s ringtone operation sounds notifications etc not to sound to avoid disturbing others around you Note Camera shutter video start stop tones and certain other sounds may still be active during silent mode Toset to silent mode 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Sound amp notification gt Sound profile 3 Select Silent Tip You can also set the phone to silent mode using Quick Settings See Using Quick Settings for details To restore the sound to normal mode 1 TaplI 51225 O Settings 2 Tap Sound 8 notification gt Sound profile 3 Select Normal Your phone s sound settings are now restored Tip You can also restore the phone sound using Quick Settings See Using Quick Settings for details Airplane Mode When you enable Airplane flight mode all wireless radios on your phone are turned off including the call function data services Bluetooth and Wi Fi You can still use many of your phone s features such as Gallery Camera and Music when you are on an airplane or in any other area where making or receiving calls or data is prohibited When you disable Airplane mode the call function is turned back on and the previous state of Bluetooth and Wi Fi is restored Note You can manually turn Bluetooth and Wi Fi back on after enabling Airplane mode Note If USB tethering is turned on enabling Airplane mode turns it off You need to manually turn USB tethering on after you disable Airplane mode Do a
209. ned in to your Google Account and your phone will synchronize the selected items 5 Togo to your Gmail inbox tap N Paso M Gmail Google Play Store Google Play is the place to go to find new Android apps books movies and music for your phone Choose from a wide variety of free and paid content ranging from productivity apps and games to bestselling books and blockbuster movies and music When you find what you want you can easily download and install iton your phone To access the Google Play store app you must first connect to the Internet using your phone s Wi Fi or mobile data connection and sign in to your Google Account See Sign In to Your Google Account for details EJ Installing Applications Many different kinds of applications can be installed on your phone from Google Play provided by Google Inc The company is not responsible in any way for user installed applications quality reliability legality fitness for a purpose credibility accuracy etc or resulting malfunctions viruses etc Important Our policies often do not apply to third party applications Third party applications may access your personal information or require us to disclose your customer information to the third party application provider To find out how a third party application will collect access use or disclose your personal information check the application provider s policies which can usually be Basic Operations 46 found on th
210. networks Facebook and Flickr only When viewing your photos and videos the onscreen navigation buttons will be hidden Tap anywhere on the screen to see Gallery controls and onscreen navigation buttons View Pictures and Videos You can access and view all your stored pictures and videos from your phone s Gallery View Photos and Videos Organized by Time Photos and videos on your phone are grouped together in Timeline view according to when they were taken 1 Tap Gallery 2 Tap gt Timeline to switch to Timeline view Camera and Video 158 You ll then see tab icons for switching between different layouts e Tap to see your photos and videos individually arranged in a feed e Tap sla to see your photos and videos in a grid layout e Tap KI to see your photos and videos organized by events e Tap H to see your photos and videos organized by year then tap a month to see the shots you ve taken at that time 3 Tapa photo or video to see it in full screen You can also slide two fingers together or apart on the screen to scroll through the Timeline feed grid and year layouts View Photos and Videos by Album You can choose to view your photos and videos grouped together in albums 1 Tap Gallery 2 Tap gt Albums to switch to Albums view 3 Tapatile to open an album 4 Tapa photo or video to see it in full screen View Your Favorite Photos Easily see all your favorite photos in one place Y
211. ni mani 112 Text and Multimedia Messaging 2222222222 cece LL mamaaa mm imam 222222 112 Send a Text Message SMS manna mema mamae aaa LLa nanan naa 112 Send a Multimedia Message MMS 2 2 eeeeeececcccccccccceeeeeeeeeee 113 Send a Group Message meme mami ma nema nanon anoa 114 Save and Resume Composing a Draft Message 115 Read and Reply to a Message 110 Help Protect Your Messages mme mme wamemwamini mme ee 117 Block Unwanted Messages mema meme mmiwa mema 118 Delete Messages and Conversations meme m eee 118 Back Up and Restore Your Text Messages 118 Text and Multimedia Message Options c cece ccc anaana annann aoaaa anaa 120 Create and Send Gmail 00 02 ccc ec cece cece ccc eecccccccccccceceeeeeeeecccucceeeeees 122 Create and Send a Gmail Message mam em 122 Check Received Gmail Messages mmea aana na 123 Manage Gmail Messages mama mm mamae wame aa oaao oana 124 Add a Gmail Account 2 2 22 aa 124 Get Help with Gmail aa 125 EMAIl E 125 Add an Email Account 2 2 eee ee cccccccccceccccecceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 125 Add an Exchange ActiveSync Account cece cc eecccccccccececceecceeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 126 Check Your Mail Inbox aoaaa anaana anaana oaaao aaan cccccccececece
212. ns The phone will download and install the profile update and you will see a confirmation when complete Note If your data services or account syncing ever seems to go out unexpectedly use this feature to reconnect with the network Update Your PRL This option allows you to automatically download and update the PRL preferred roaming list 1 Tap N s3285 O Settings gt System updates 2 Tap Update PRL and follow onscreen instructions The phone will download and install the PRL update and you will see a confirmation when complete Basic Operations 52 Your Phone Interface The following topics describe how to use and customize your phone s home screen understand the status bar and use the notifications window Home Screen Basics The home screen is the starting point for your phone s applications functions and menus You can customize your home screen by adding application icons shortcuts folders widgets and more Home Screen Layout Your home screen extends beyond the initial screen Swipe the screen left or right to display additional screens Notifications Area Status Area 748 MITI Status Bar 0 ng Weather Clock CS 5 au Widget Balewue 5un Mar 1 Google Search Widget HTC Sense Home Widget All Apps Key Launch Bar Onscreen Navigation Bar Back Home Recent Apps AAA WA Description O O Status Bar The status bar displays icons to notify you of your phon
213. ns 4 Tap IOI 5 Tap kA to select the Portrait scene Live Makeup for Selfies Touch up your skin with Live Makeup before taking your selfie a See Apply Skin Touch ups with Live Makeup Angle of Selfies You can set the angle of your shots to look exactly the same as how you see yourself on the Viewfinder screen 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen ele 2 Tap O0 gt Camera or Selfie a 3 On the Viewfinder screen tap a to show the camera options 4 Tap 10 Camera options 5 Select the Save mirror image option Skin Touch ups for People Shots Beautify the skin of your subjects before taking their shots Camera and Video 151 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen OO 2 Tap OO gt Camera 3 On the Viewfinder screen tap a to show the camera options Make sure you re using the scene setting 4 Tap O 5 Tap Make up level and then adjust the skin smoothing level Apply Skin Touch ups with Live Makeup Touch up your skin before taking your selfie Live Makeup smoothens your skin in real time 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen OO 2 Tap O00 gt Selfie or Photo booth mode 3 Tochange the skin smoothing level drag the slider across the adjustment bar Tip The adjustment bar is shown on the Viewfinder screen by default To hide it tap a gt and then clear the Live Makeup option Using Auto Selfie Keep still to take an auto selfie or just smile
214. nt and then in the browser go to the Web page that you want to import Taps gt Share gt Scribble Create a Note for a Photo Blog Your photos tell the best story Group photos into a note and easily share it on your photo blog ora social network You can make your note more entertaining by including photo collages stickers and more Note If you re inserting a collage first group the photos in the same event or album in Gallery 1 Tap N gt IE a Scribble 2 Tap and choose the photo blog template 3 Tap to capture a photo or select photos in Gallery and group them in a collage If inserting a collage touch and hold the collage and then select a layout You can also e Touch and hold and then drag around a photo within the frame to put the subject in the center of the frame e Touch and hold and then drag a photo over another to re arrange them e Slide two fingers apart to zoom in on a photo or slide two fingers together to zoom out e Tap another layout to change the current layout Useful Features 208 4 Tap the area above the date and then use the editing tools to insert text and illustrations 5 Tap on the left to add another page 6 Tap 5 to save the note Note To delete a page touch and hold a collage or photo and then tap Delete Note If you share the note as an image all the pages will be contained in one JPG file Group Notes Into a Notebook Tidy up your notes by organizing them int
215. nt to add it Note To add an app from the Apps screen touch and hold an app and drag it to a widget panel Move or Remove Items on Your Home Screen 1 Touch and hold the widget or app shortcut you want to move or remove 2 Tomove the item to another position on the same panel just drag it to a new area and then release it 3 Tomove the item to another Home screen panel flick left or right to rotate the screen to another widget panel and then release it Your Phone Interface 65 4 Toremove the item drag it to m and when the item turns red release it HTC Sense Home Widget Get quick access to apps shortcuts and folders you use most frequently based on where you are With the HTC Sense Home widget HTC One M9 continually adapts to how you use it For example apps you use most frequently for work will show up when you re at your office The HTC Sense Home widget changes depending on whether you re at home work or somewhere else Set Up the HTC Sense Home Widget Setting up the HTC Sense Home widget is quick and easy Tip If you don t see the HTC Sense Home widget add it to your Home screen See Work with Widgets and App Shortcuts Note Make sure you turn on location services in your phone settings See Location Settings 1 Tap Tap to personalize as 10 06 48 Bellevue Sun Mar 1 Tap to personalize Your Phone Interface 66 2 Onthe setup screen of the HTC Sense Home widget tap LET S EXPL
216. ny of the following to turn Airplane mode on or off e Press and hold the Power Lock button and then tap Airplane mode Basic Operations 38 e With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Quick Settings Tap the AIRPLANE MODE tile to turn airplane mode on or off When enabled the Airplane mode icon A is displayed in the status bar Enter Text You can type on your phone using one of the available touchscreen keyboards or Google voice typing HTC Sense Keyboard Typing is fast and accurate with the HTC Sense keyboard a Word prediction also saves typing time As you type you ll see word suggestions that you can choose from You can even add words phrases and shortcuts to the word prediction dictionary For details see Enter Text with Word Prediction on the HTC Sense Keyboard a You can type words by just speaking For details see Enter Text by Speaking on the HTC Sense Keyboard Turn onthe Trace keyboard so you can type words by just sliding your finger from one letter to another For details see Enter Text with the HTC Sense Keyboard Using the Trace Keyboard a Just swipe right to access the numeric and symbol keyboard Or swipe left to switch between languages a The keys have secondary numbers punctuation symbols or other characters that you can quickly insert without having to switch to the numeric and symbol keyboard For example just touch and hold a key on the first row to insert a number a Choose
217. o get every bit of NASCAR coverage news and stats right on your phone Install the NASCAR Mobile App on Your Phone Before you use the NASCAR Mobile app on your phone you must download and install the app from Google Play 1 Tap gt Play Store 2 Tapthe Search icon and search for nascar mobile 3 Tap NASCAR Mobile from the results list 4 Tap INSTALL or UPDATE and then tap ACCEPT The app will be downloaded and installed on your phone 5 When the download has completed tap Open e To open the app from the home screen tap Paco pa NASCAR Mobile 2014 Use the NASCAR Mobile App 1 Tap NASCAR Mobile 2014 The NASCAR Mobile app opens 2 Follow the prompts to customize your app and begin following your favorite racers Navigation Your phone offers a number of location based navigation programs to help you figure out where you are and get you where you re going Enable Location Services on Your Phone Before using any location based services you must enable your phone s location feature For information about setting your phone s location options see Location Settings Useful Features 179 HTC Car Now when you drive you can easily use your phone to reach your destination keep you entertained and help you stay in touch with the people that matter to you Get easy access to music maps navigation and phone calls with HTC Car Important Using Your Phone While Driving Talking on or otherwise using
218. o notebooks 1 TapQ gt gt scribble 2 Doany of the following a e Togroup notes into a new notebook tap a gt Group E e To group notes into an existing notebook tap a gt Move to e To create a new notebook swipe to the NOTEBOOKS tab and tap Publish and Share a Note Upload and share your creative work on the Web and get your own Scribble home page 1 Tap gt gt E Scribble Open a note and tap NG TapShare Article 2 3 4 Choose an account and type a description or tag your note 5 Make sure that Share your post is selected 6 Under SHARE TO tap where you also want to share the link that will be created You ll be prompted to complete the action in the apps you selected 7 Tap DONE To view notes you ve shared swipe to the SHARE tab on the Scribble main screen Or while viewing the Web link for any of your notes tap Home and then tap Menu to see or search your recent posts Online Storage and File Management Save your files online by setting up online storages and organize your files using File Manager Useful Features 209 Google Drive Store your photos documents and other files on Google Drive to access them on your phone your computer and your other mobile devices On your phone just use your Google Account to sign in to your Google Drive storage You can then Use Gallery to upload your captured photos to Google Drive a Share alink to your Google Drive
219. o share Tap NG From the selection menu tap Drive 4 5 6 Select the photos and videos you want to upload and then tap NEXT 7 Choose or create a folder in Google Drive 8 Tap OK to upload HTC Sync Manager With HTC Sync Manager enjoy the same media whether you re at your computer or on the move Use it also to store your same contacts important documents and other data on both your phone and your computer HTC Sync Manager supports a computer running a Windows or Mac OS operating system Here are the things you can do with HTC Sync Manager View and manage media on your computer e Browse and manage music photos and videos that are on your computer and your phone Useful Features 211 Import iTunes and Windows Media Player playlists from your computer to HTC Sync Manager e Play music videos and playlists using the built in player Transfer content e Transfer iPhone photos text messages contacts and more to your HTC phone You can also find and install the same apps that you were using on your iPhone e Import all music photos and videos from your HTC phone to your computer e Copy selected music photos or videos from your computer to your phone e Import documents from your computer to your phone sm Back up and restore Back up your HTC phone to your computer so you can easily restore your backup to the same phone or to another phone sm Sync playlists and data Sync music playlists
220. o your Google Account You can also create more Google contacts right from your phone Social network accounts Log in to your favorite social networks to sync contact information from them Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Your phone syncs your work contacts from the Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Server in your workplace Phone contacts You can create contacts locally on your phone if you don t prefer to store them on your online accounts Get Started 25 Restore Your Backup From Your Online Storage to Your New Phone If you used HTC Backup before you can restore your backup to your new HTC phone when you turn the phone on for the first time or after a factory reset Important Depending on the amount of content restoring your backup to your phone through your data connection may use a lot of time and data Using a Wi Fi connection is recommended 1 On the Transfer or restore content screen select Restore from HTC Backup and sign in to your HTC Account or Google Account 2 Use your mobile data or Wi Fi connection to connect your phone to the Internet If you used your Google login credentials as your HTC Account and your backup is in Google Drive tap Sign in with Google If not tap Remind me later go to the Transfer or restore content screen and select Restore from HTC Backup 3 Follow the onscreen instructions to restore your backup and to continue setting up your phone 4 Slide open the Notifications pan
221. ock the screen first before you press and hold the Power Lock button to turn the phone off See Lock and Unlock Your Screen for details 2 Tap Power off to turn the phone off Restart Your Phone Restarting the phone will close all running apps and will clear all temporary files in the phone s memory Make sure to save your work before restarting the phone 1 Press and hold the Power Lock button for about two seconds 2 On the Power options menu tap Restart Get Started 11 3 In the Restart phone confirmation box tap RESTART Note If the phone or touchscreen becomes unresponsive press and hold the Power Lock button for about 12 seconds to restart the phone Touchscreen Navigation Use touch gestures to get around the Home screen open apps scroll through lists and more Important When the TalkBack option in the Accessibility settings is turned on and the Explore by touch setting is selected the regular touch gestures are replaced by the TalkBack gestures For details see Navigate Your Phone with TalkBack Tap or Touch When you want to type using the onscreen keyboard select items onscreen such as application and settings icons or press onscreen buttons simply tap or touch them with your finger Touch and Hold To open the available options for an item for example a contact or link in a Web page touch and hold the item Get Started 12 Swipe or Slide Quickly swipe your finger vertically or horizont
222. oid missing incoming calls when your phone is in your pocket or bag the pocket mode feature gradually increases the ring volume and vibrates when you receive a call 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap gt Sound amp notification 2 Selectthe Pocket mode option Contacts The Contacts application lets you store and manage contacts from a variety of sources including contacts you enter and save directly in your phone as well as contacts synchronized with your Google Account your PC compatible email programs including Exchange Server and your Facebook friends F Contacts Cautions Information saved in Contacts may be lost or changed if the battery is removed for a long period or left uncharged Accident or malfunction may also cause loss or change to information It is recommended that you keep a separate copy of contacts and other important information The company is not responsible for any damages from lost or changed contacts Your People List The People app lists all contacts stored on your phone and from the online accounts you re logged in to Contacts Screen Layout u TapQ gt it gt C3 People Phone App 101 The following illustration show s your Contacts app layout and describes the various features Jason Hali izi U Laura Lee Phil Parker KB ee GROUPS tab Show contact groups FAVORITES tab Show all contacts PEOPLE tab Show favorite contacts Contact name T
223. om the card including personal information 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Storage 3 Under SD card tap Unmount SD card and then tap OK 4 Tap Erase SD card gt ERASE SD CARD Note If you ve set up a screen lock you ll be asked to enter the screen lock before you can proceed 5 Tap Erase everything All data on the SD card is erased and the card is formatted for use on your phone Charge the Battery Follow these instructions to charge your phone s battery using either the included AC adapter or via a USB connection on your computer Note Use only the adapter and the USB cable that came with your phone to charge the battery When the battery power is too low make sure to use the power adapter to charge not the USB cable connection with your computer Note As a safety precaution the battery may stop charging to avoid overheating Get Started 9 Note When youre using the Internet and charging the battery your phone may become warmer This is normal Note To conserve energy unplug the power adapter from the electrical outlet after you finish charging Charge Using the AC Adapter 1 Plug one end of the USB cable into the AC adapter 2 Plug the other end of the USB cable into the Charger Accessory Jack on the bottom panel of your phone cocccssessessess 222222232222255355525525522555 33333223522335333333333533555 a 3 Plug the other end of the USB cable into the AC adapter 4 Plug the A
224. on 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen 2 On the Viewfinder screen taps 3 Tap gt Video Quality and then choose a video resolution Take a Photo While Recording a Video VideoPic Use the Normal video scene when you want to take a photo while recording a video 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen a 2 On the Viewfinder screen tap a to show the camera options Make sure you see the Ka icon which means the Normal video scene is selected 3 Tap to start recording Camera and Video 149 4 While recording tap X7 to capture a still shot 5 Tap O to stop recording Take Continuous Camera Shots Take photos of moving subjects Whether it s your kid s football game or a car race you can capture the action Use the Auto scene when you want to take continuous camera shots 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen 2 Switch to Camera mode 3 On the Viewfinder screen tap a to show the camera options Make sure you see the KOS icon which means the Auto scene is selected 4 Touch and hold the shutter button 7 The camera takes up to 20 consecutive shots of your suject 5 Choose what you want to do with the continuous shots e To keep just one photo select the photo that you like the most and then tap BEST SHOT e Tap DELETE select the unwanted shots and then tap Delete to save only the remaining shots e Tosave the whole batch of shots tap 5 Tip To ge
225. on through many different channels and accounts including Gmail Google personal and corporate email text and multimedia messaging social networking accounts and Hangouts Text and Multimedia Messaging With Text Messaging SMS you can send and receive instant text messages between your wireless phone and another messaging ready phone Multimedia messages or MMS can contain text and pictures recorded voice audio or video files picture slideshows contact cards vCard or appointments vCalendar See your service plan for applicable charges for messaging Send a Text Message SMS Quickly compose and send text messages on your phone 1 TapQ gt Messages 2 Tap F 3 Enter a contact name or mobile number in the To field 4 Tap the Add text box and then start composing your message To Diana Mayer 2 31160 _ Where should we celebrate your promot Note A counter appears above the Send icon Ii to tell you how many characters you have entered and how many characters are left Once you go over the 160 character limit a new message is created but automatically joined into one when received 5 Tap iag to send or tap O to save the message as a draft Note Your text message automatically becomes a multimedia message if you enter an email address as the recipient add a message subject attach an item or compose a very long message Messaging and Internet 112 Send a Multimedia Message MMS
226. onal copyright laws may subject you to significant civil and or criminal penalties HTC Corporation shall not be held responsible for any damages or losses direct or indirect that you may incur as a result of using these software and apps Screen images contained herein are simulated HTC shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein nor for incidental or consequential damages resulting from furnishing this material The information is provided as is without warranty of any kind and is subject to change without notice HTC also reserves the right to revise the content of this document at any time without prior notice No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or storing in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form without prior written permission of HTC Settings 278 For Assistance The following topics address areas of support for your phone including troubleshooting specifications account information warranty information and customer service contact information Troubleshooting Check the questions and answers below for troubleshooting solutions for common phone issues Check Here First Question Phone freezes operation is unstable Answer Restart the phone If the screen is on and responsive press and hold the Power Lock button and then tap Restart If the scre
227. one enhanced photo 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen 2 Switch to Camera mode 3 On the Viewfinder screen tap a to show the camera options 4 Tap KO and then tap l 5 To take an HDR photo tap 7 Record Slow Motion Videos Relive high speed action bit by bit and add a touch of suspense to your videos Note Audio is recorded when you re in this scene but will be turned on only when video is played in normal speed 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen 2 Switch to Camera mode 3 On the Viewfinder screen tap i to show the camera options 4 Tap Ek and then tap Kh 5 Tap to start recording 6 To stop recording tap O l Camera and Video 156 After recording your slow motion video you can change the playback speed of selected sections when you edit the video in Gallery Camera Settings Manually save your settings or save your customized settings as a camera mode Manually Adjusting Camera Settings Take expert command of your camera settings for different environments or lighting conditions You can manually increase or decrease the values for settings like white balance exposure ISO and more 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen 2 Switch to Camera mode a 3 On the Viewfinder screen tap a to show the camera options Tap O and then tap M Tap a setting and then drag its slider to make adjustments ao 6 Tochange a setting back
228. ons You can select or customize your search preferences 1 Tap D gt eee gt Google Settings 2 Tap Search amp Now and tap the options you want to change Tip To get help or provide feedback tap Or tap gt Help amp feedback on the Google Settings screen Get instant Information with Google Now Google Now delivers quick and up to date information that matters to you all without the search Depending on your location time of day and previous Google searches Google Now displays information cards that include The day s weather and the weather forecast for upcoming days The traffic conditions on your way to work or your commute back home a The directions and travel time to your next appointment Messaging and Internet 141 The next train or bus arriving at your platform or bus stop Your favorite team s score and stats while you enjoy the game Set Up Google Now Before setting up Google Now make sure that you re signed in to your Google Account you ve turned on location services and have an Internet connection For more information on Location services see Location Settings 1 Tap gt gt Google EJ Or swipe up from the navigation buttons 2 Tap NEXT on the Get Google Now screen Note If you ve skipped setting up Google Now the first time you used Google search you can turn it on via Google Settings Tap gt e e o gt Google Settings 3 and then tap Search 4 Now g
229. ontent From Another Phone 1111 0 0 0 cece cece ccc cccccccceceececeeeeceeeees 258 Display amp Gestures Settings meme 258 Glove Mode a kaaa 258 Auto rotate Screen mamaaa amma wama lia 2a oaoa 258 ze 4 III 258 Brightness ua 259 Screen Timeout Sleep mam manemane aa nannaa 259 DAVOl COIN seccocccasecccceeseuenccecevsccetesscseevecestaceusseccictacetnesanselvaedndenoeecesteceeacane 259 Media Gesture u aaa 260 Motion Launch Gestures c cece ccc aaoo aaoo cece cece cee eeteeceecceeeteeceeeeeeeteees 260 Calibrate the Screen 20 ieee aaa 260 HTC BoomSound with Dolby Audio 0 0 0 ccc 00 aaa 260 Sound 8 Notification Settings 2 2 2 2 2 ccc ccc cece ccc ccececeeeeeeeeeeecceeeeeeees 261 Sound Profile and Vibrate 2222222220220 261 Volumes a 261 Notification and Alarm Sound 2 2 2 cece cece aaa 261 Use Interruptions ammi mam mmama mma 262 Incoming Calls Ringtone mamae aa aaan nann 262 Incoming Calls Other Options meme 262 System Sound Settings ewe wm oaa nanona naa 263 Notification Flash Notifications 2 22220 263 Notification App Light Notifications 2000 22 2202 2 ccc cece ec cc cece eccccccceeeeeeees 263 Notificat
230. onversation and then tap the flag icon of the email message Set Your Out of Office Status You can set your Out of Office status and auto reply message right from your phone 1 NN oF oO FT O TapQ gt ti gt N Mail Switch to your Exchange ActiveSync email account Tap i gt Out of the office Tap your current office status and then select Out of the office Set the dates and times for the period when you will be out of the office Enter the auto reply message If you want a different auto reply message for recipients outside your organization select the Send replies to external senders option and then enter the auto reply message in the box that appears Tap SAVE Send a Meeting Request 1 2 Tap gt gt N Mail Switch to your Exchange ActiveSync email account a Tap gt New meeting invitation Enter the meeting details Tap SAVE Or tap SEND if you ve invited people to the meeting Messaging and Internet 131 Use Smart Sync Smart Sync automatically extends the sync time the longer the Mail app is inactive Set your email account to Smart Sync when you don t need to check new email messages frequently Smart Sync helps save battery power 1 Tap lI 51225 Y Mail 2 Switch to the email account where you want to use Smart Sync 3 Tapa Settings gt Sync Send 8 Receive 4 Tap Peak time sync and select Smart Sync 5 Tap Off peak sync and select Smart Sync 6 Tap O Smart Sync th
231. oo CALL l As long as you are in an area covered by wireless service the emergency call is placed Note When your account is restricted or if you ve enabled but forgotten your lock password or lock pattern you can still make emergency calls by tapping EMERGENCY CALL on the screen Enhanced 9 1 1 E 9 1 1 Information This phone features an embedded Global Positioning System GPS chip necessary for utilizing E 9 1 1 emergency location services where available Phone App 83 When you place an emergency 9 1 1 call the GPS feature of your phone seeks information to calculate your approximate location Depending on several variables including availability and access to satellite signals it may take up to 30 seconds or more to determine and report your approximate location Important Always report your location to the 9 1 1 operator when placing an emergency call Some designated emergency call takers known as Public Safety Answering Points PSAPs may not be equipped to receive GPS location information from your phone Call Using a Speed Dial Number Speed dial numbers let you dial numbers by touching and holding a single number on the Phone keypad k 1 Tap gt sto display the phone dialer s screen 2 Touch and hold the speed dial key on the Phone keypad The display confirms that you have dialed the number when it shows DIALING on the upper right side of the screen See Set Up Speed Dial for information on assigning spe
232. or Your Child Choose the learning subjects that you want your kids to focus on even as they have fun in Kid Mode 1 TapQ gt gt ES kia Mode 2 Tap Parent Dashboard 3 Tap Controls 4 Onthe Promote Subjects screen drag the sliders of the different learning subjects to increase or decrease the related apps games and videos shown to your child Check Your Child s Progress 1 TapQ gt gt fN kia Mode 2 Tap Parent Dashboard Useful Features 205 3 Tap Overview 4 Tap gt until you see details about your child s overall progress and time spentin each subject If you ve upgradedto a premium plan tap Assessment for more information on your child s learning goals Set Child accessible Apps in Kid Mode When in Kid Mode you can choose which apps on HTC One M9 your child will have access to 1 TapQ gt gt ES kia Mode 2 Tap Parent Dashboard 3 Tap Controls 4 Tap gt until you get to the Add your apps screen You ll see a list of apps on your phone 5 Tap V next to the app that you want your child to be able to use in Kid Mode Allow Incoming Calls While in Kid Mode Want to receive or block incoming calls while in Kid Mode 1 Tapl3 51 55 EN kia Mode 2 Tap Parent Dashboard 3 Tap 5 to open the slide out menu 4 Tap Settings gt Device 5 Tap gt and then select or clear the Allow Incoming Calls option Close Kid Mode On the Zoodles main screen tap and then conf
233. orage account that s accessible from your phone you can store your files to your online storage Copy Files To or From Your Phone You can copy your music photos and other files to your phone 1 Connect your phone to the computer using the supplied USB cable You ll see options for viewing or importing files on the computer screen 2 Choose to view files 3 Copy the files from your computer to your phone or vice versa 4 After copying the files disconnect the phone from the computer Settings 267 Make More Storage Space As you use your phone you ll accumulate data and fill its storage capacity over time Here are some tips on how to increase storage space Run the Storage Wizard Free up space in the phone storage by uninstalling apps and deleting files you no longer need In Settings tap Storage gt Make more space Store Files in Google Drive Photos email attachments and other documents can be stored in Google Drive and accessed anywhere you are You can set the Camera app to automatically upload photos to Google Drive See Google Drive Note Google Drive is a third party app and is not provided by or associated with HTC Corporation Manage Photos and Videos a Setthe Camera app to automatically upload to a photo sharing site or online storage You can retrieve them from the photo sharing site or online storage when needed Note Using data services while uploading photos and videos may be costly You
234. ore and after photos 6 Tap SY to save changes The edited photo is saved as a new photo The original photo remains unedited Object Removal Did a pedestrian or passing car ruin your otherwise perfect shot of a famous landmark Retouch the photo to remove unwanted people or objects Note This feature is available for burst shots captured with continuous shooting mode You can identify burst shots by the m icon on the thumbnail 1 Tap D gt e gt ka Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit 2 Inthe slideout menu that opens tap Effects gt A OBJECT REMOVAL You ll see frames around areas in the photo where objects have been automatically removed 3 Toretain an object tap X on its image on the film strip 4 Tap V when done LA Cal 5 Tap 22 and then tap to toggle between the before and after photos 6 Tap V to save changes The edited photo is saved as a new photo The original photo remains unedited Camera and Video 171 Creative Effects Add creative effects such as shapes prisms and elements to your photos Shapes Add some pattern to your photo by adding and blending shapes 1 Tap D gt e gt ka Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit 2 Inthe slideout menu that opens tap Effects 5 yA SHAPES 3 Choose a shape to add to your photo and then do any of the following e Select a shape color by dragging the color slider e Drag the shape to move it e Drag your f
235. osen to connect Active Wi Fi connections may offer improved performance and generally improve battery life while allowing you to talk on the phone and use data at the same time The Connections Optimizer works by searching for available remembered Wi Fi networks If you do not leave your Wi Fi antenna on all the time you will only notice the Connections Optimizer operating at certain times of the day in a small number of locations on the network Your Wi Fi antenna will conserve battery by scanning for connections periodically not continuously and if no connection is achieved the antennas will be turned off You may also manually turn the antennas off during the scan period To facilitate quality assurance and enable feature enhancements information is collected about your battery levels Wi Fi and network connections and usage No personal information is collected Enable Connections Optimizer 1 Tap a s3835 O Settings gt Mobile data gt Automatic Connections You will see a disclaimer 2 Read the disclaimer and then tap I Agree 3 Select the Sprint Connections Optimizer option 5 Connections Optimizer will turn on and automatically analyze your phone s connection options Disable Connections Optimizer 1 Tap O gt gt o Settings gt Mobile data gt Automatic Connections 2 Clear the Sprint Connections Optimizer option 3 Tap 2 Connection Optimizer will turn off Connectivity 218
236. other NF C enabled device See Share Content with NFC e Mobile network sharing Use these settings to turn Mobile Hotspot on or off or enable USB tethering See Mobile Hotspot or Share Internet Connection via USB Tethering e HTC Minit Configure and manage your phone s connection with the HTC Mini sold separately e VPN Configure your Virtual Private Network VPN settings so you can connect to your company s intranet sites See Virtual Private Networks VPN Personalize Settings Use the Personalize menu to customize your phone s display add items to the Home screen or change the sound settings Customize the Home and Lock Screen Settings Using the phone s Personalize home screen menus you can set the following settings Customize the wallpaper of your Home screen by choosing from a collection of wallpapers or from your own photos See Customize the Home Screen Add apps and widgets to the widget panels See Work with Widgets and App Shortcuts Manage additional home screen panels See Organize Your Widget Panels a Change the lock screen wallpaper See Customize the Lock Screen Change the phone s theme See Themes Settings 243 Ringtone Use the Ringtone settings menu to select a phone ringtone or to make your own music as ringtone 1 TapQ gt it gt O Settings 2 Tap Personalize gt Ringtone 3 Doany of the following e Select a ringtone from the list and tap APPLY e Add a ringtone from yo
237. otification Sound mam ELALLA LL oa La nann 244 Alarm LL 244 Font La 244 Keyboard and Dialer Color 2 22 2 aaa 245 Accounts amp SYNC aaao mmama mmama 245 Add Your Social Networks Email Accounts and More 245 Add an Exchange ActiveSync Account meme am amewa 245 Add Email Accounts 0 0 0 mam wa maimam lala lala ema ai 245 Add One or More Google Accounts 2 2 mme mmm mme ami 246 Manage Your Online Accounts c cece eee ccc cece cece ccc ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeee 246 Location Settings 2222 22 a 247 Location Setting mmama 0a ooo aoa ao arnoa oann 247 Google Location Reporting a 248 HTC Location Services mme mma mam ALLA aana ima 248 Security Settings aaa 248 Screen Lock Settings a 248 Lock Screen and Password Settings 00 ccc meme em 250 Allow Installation of Third Party Programs 2 2 eee eee eeececcccecceceeeeeee 250 Work with Certificates aa 251 Accessibility Settings mm mm mmi maimam ma mmama lama 251 Navigate Your Phone with TalkBack 77111 mama ama meme 252 BackupandReset manana ma mume LLa LaaLa LaaLa an 254 PAGOD ad aah a FA ee Ba PU TA SO 254 Reset Your Phone u maaana ceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 257 Get C
238. ou can e Open the Notifications panel and then tap the new message o TapQ e Messages and then tap the message 2 While reading the message you can e Reply with a text message Tap the Add text box enter your reply message and then tap 5 e Reply with a multimedia message Tap the Add text box enter your reply message tap to choose an attachment for your message and then tap e Call or save a phone number contained in the message Tap the phone number and then choose whether to dial the number or add it to your contacts e Open a link in the message Tap the link to open it in the Web browser e Send to or share an email address contained in the message T ap the email address to send an email You ll be asked to choose which email app to use To share the email address touch and hold it tap Share and then choose how you want to share it e Forward a message Tap the message do not tap a link or a phone number to open the options menu and then tap Forward e Check message details Tap the message do not tap a link or a phone number to open the options menu and then tap View message details Messaging and Internet 115 Reply to an Alternate Contact Phone Number When a contact has multiple phone numbers stored on your phone you ll see the particular phone number used below the contact s name You can select which phone number to reply to Keep in mind that your response will be sent to the phone number of the
239. ou can add photos to the My favorites album Toadda photo to the My favorites album find and view the photo in full screen tap the photo and then tap a gt Favorite To view these favorite photos open the My favorites album Toremove a photo from the My favorites album touch and hold the thumbnail and then tap Remove Show or Hide Albums Have too many albums cluttering your Gallery You can choose to show or hide albums 1 Tap Gallery 2 Tap gt Albums to switch to Albums view O Tapa Show hide albums gt A Choose which albums you d like to show or hide Camera and Video 159 Rename an Album If you have created albums to organize photos you can rename these albums 1 Tap Gallery 2 Tap gt Albums to switch to Albums view 3 Touch and hold the album you want to rename 4 Tap Rename Note Some albums like Camera shots and Highlights cannot be renamed View Photos by Location Using Map view you can view photos according to location Note Only photos with geo tag info appear on the map 1 TaplI51155 Gallery 2 Tap gt Locations to switch to Locations view You ll see tiles of photos taken at specific locations with numbers that indicate how many photos were taken in each location 3 Tap to display Map view 4 Zoom out or pan across the map until a numerical location indicator 9 appears The number in the location indicator shows how many photos w
240. our Home screen 1 Touch and hold an empty space on a widget panel 2 In the pop up menu tap Add apps and widgets 3 Tap W gt Widgets Your Phone Interface 64 4 Scroll through the widgets or tap Q to search for specific widgets Some widgets are available in different styles and sizes 5 Touch and hold a widget and then drag it to a widget panel you want to add it to You can also add widgets that allow you to quickly switch on or off certain settings such as Bluetooth and GPS Change the Widget Settings You can modify basic settings of some widgets for example the Clock widget from the Home screen Some widgets can also be resized after you ve added them to your Home screen Touch and hold the widget on your Home screen and then drag it to o You can then customize the widget settings To resize the widget touch and hold the widget If a border appears around the widget drag the sides of the border to enlarge or shrink the widget size Add Apps and Other Shortcuts on Your Home Screen Place apps you often use on your Home screen You can also add shortcuts to frequently used settings bookmarked Web pages and more 1 Touch and hold an empty space on a widget panel 2 In the pop up menu tap Add apps and widgets 3 Tap W gt Apps or Shortcuts 4 Scroll through the apps or shortcuts or tap Q to search for one 5 Touch and hold an app or shortcut icon and then drag it to a widget panel where you wa
241. our face is pressed up against the screen such as during a phone call While talking on the phone the sensor detects talk activity and turns off the screen to prevent accidental key taps Front Camera Takes pictures and records videos while facing the screen and allows you to video conference Volume Buttons Allows you to adjust the ringtone or media volume or adjust the voice volume during a call Power Lock Button Press quickly to turn off and lock the phone screen Press and hold to turn the phone on or off or switch to Kid Mode or airplane mode microSD Card Tray with Allows installation of a microSD card for additional storage The Eject Hole microSD card is sold separately See SD Card 3 5 mm Headset Jack Allows you to plug in either a stereo headset or an optional headset for convenient hands free conversations Charger Accessory Jack Allows you to connect the phone charger or the USB cable included Speaker Lets you hear the caller and automated prompts Touchscreen Displays all the information needed to operate your phone such as the call status the Contacts list and the date and time Also provides one tap access to all of your features and applications Nano SIM Card Tray with Holds the preinstalled Sprint 4G LTE nano SIM card See SIM Eject Hole Card LED Displays a phone notification charging status or alert Speaker Lets you hear the different ringtones and sounds This speaker also lets you hear the cal
242. p CP to link the contact to an account e Under Add contact tap one of the options to link to another contact 5 Tap DONE to save the change Break the Link When contact information has changed you can choose to break the contact s link from another account Phone App 107 1 Tapsi ro People 2 On the PEOPLE tab tap the name of the contact not the icon or photo whose link you want to break 3 Tapa Link 4 Under the Linked contacts section tap beside an account to break the link 5 Tap DONE to save the change Send Contact Information Quickly share your contact card or People entries on your phone 1 Tap gt gt ro People 2 Doany ofthe following e Tosend someone s contact information touch and hold the name of the contact not the icon or photo and then tap Send contact as vCard e To send your contact information touch and hold My profile and then tap Send my profile an Tap Send contact via and choose how you want to send the vCard 4 Select the type of information you want to send Si Tap SEND Send Multiple People Entries 1 TapQ gt et gt ro People 2 Tap p gt Send contacts 3 Select the contacts whose contact information you want to share 4 Choose how you want to send the contact cards 5 Follow screen instructions to proceed Share All Visible Contacts You can share all entries that appear in your contacts list regardless of the online account that you
243. pace in any widget panel tap Manage Home screen pages and then tap While on any screen tap Home to return to the main home screen a When you swipe left or right from the home screen the small circles above the launch bar let you know your current screen position The status bar at the top of the home screen provides phone and service status information on the right side and notification alerts on the left To view the notifications window or access the quick settings menu tap the status bar and drag it down Your Phone Interface 54 Status Bar Layout Notifications Area Status Area GS Status Bar Main Notification Icons mg oo Oopa ka a aa o HA gt pe Te porres a pe II Your Phone Interface 55 Main Status Icons Status panay BV ER Pee rail aa II PA ama a a a When you see notification icons open the Notifications panel to check out details of the notifications that you ve received You can also quickly access settings from the Notifications panel 1 Slide down from the top of the screen to open the notifications panel Your Phone Interface 56 10 08 ss Missed cal Ra Diang Mayer O 7 updates available LI a Sign up for HTG Backup 2 On the Notifications panel e Some notifications allow you to take immediate action For example tap a missed call notification to return the call or reply with a text message e Tap the notification icon on the left to open the cor
244. phone and SD card storage format the storage card and more Check your battery level and battery usage turn on power saver and extreme power saving mode and more Printing Choose print services using Googie Coud Prnt Airplane Mode Enable or disable Airplane mode See Airplane Mode for details Your phone lets you take advantage of Wi Fi hotspots for high speed data access using available computer networks See Wi Fi for details Wi Fi Calling Settings Set up and enable Wi Fi Calling on your phone a See Wi Fi Calling for details Bluetooth Settings Your phone s Bluetooth capabilities let you use wireless headsets send and receive pictures and files and more See Bluetooth for details Mobile Data Settings This menu lets you turn your data connection on or off and more sm See Data Services General Information Sprint Spark LTE and 3G Networks for details Settings 242 HTC Connect Configure settings for HTC Connect See HTC Connect for details More Wireless 4 Network Settings Additional options that let you view your data usage and set up VPN and NFC 1 Tap 51155 O Settings 2 Under Wireless amp networks tap More and select an option e Data usage Check how much data usage have you been using or check the data usage of certain apps See Manage Your Data Usage e Default messaging app Set the default SMS app to use on your phone e NFC Share information wirelessly with
245. phone anytime You ll see the most recent backup date and time under Backup history Restore Your Backup to Your Phone From Google Drive If you backed up your phone to Google Drive before you can restore your backup to your phone or to a new HTC phone Note Depending on the amount of content doing a manual backup through data connection may incur additional data costs and take a long time Using a Wi Fi connection is recommended Note To restore paid apps you need to download and install them from Google Play 1 When you turn on a new HTC phone for the first time or after a factory reset choose to restore content and then select Restore from HTC Backup on the Set up phone screen 2 Make sure to sign in using the same account that you used to back up your phone before Your backup history will then be displayed 3 Select a backup and then tap NEXT 4 Ifyou used your HTC Account or Facebook account to backup your phone sign in to your Google Account to access your Google Drive Settings 256 5 When prompted allow HTC Backup to access your Google Drive 6 After your settings have been restored tap NEXT to continue setting up your phone Your free apps that you ve previously downloaded from Google Play will be restored in the background and you can track the progress via a notification in the status bar The Apps and Home screen shortcuts will be reorganized as in your backup after all of your apps have been install
246. played in the status bar Reconnect a Headset or Car Kit Normally you can easily reconnect your headset by switching on Bluetooth on your phone and then turning on the headset However you might have to connect manually if your headset has been used with another Bluetooth device Important Make sure that the headset is discoverable Refer to the headset manual for details 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Quick Settings 2 Tap the BLUETOOTH tile to turn Bluetooth on 3 Tap ams below the BLUETOOTH tile to open the Bluetooth screen 4 Tap the headset s name in the Paired Devices section 5 lf prompted to enter a passcode try 0000 or 1234 or consult the headset car kit documentation to find the passcode If you still cannot reconnect to the headset or car kit follow the instructions in Disconnect From a Bluetooth Device and then follow the steps in Connect a Bluetooth Headset or Car Kit Connectivity 225 Disconnect From a Bluetooth Device If you do not need to use Bluetooth at any given point you can disconnect and unpair your phone from a Bluetooth device 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Quick Settings 2 Tap the BLUETOOTH tile to turn Bluetooth on 3 Tap aaa below the BLUETOOTH tile to open the Bluetooth screen 4 Inthe Paired Devices section tap next to the device to unpair 5 Tap Unpair Note Tap the name of the device to reconnect it Send inform
247. plication Voicemail Notification There are several ways your phone alerts you to a new message By sounding the assigned ringer type By displaying Q O in the Notifications area of the status bar when a single new unheard voicemail message is received a By flashing the front indicator light LED if enabled Note Your phone accepts messages even when it is turned off However your phone notifies you of new messages only when it is turned on and you are in a Sprint service area Set Up Voicemail Your phone automatically transfers all unanswered calls to your voicemail even if your phone is in use or turned off You should set up your Sprint voicemail and personal greeting as soon as your phone is activated Always use a password to help protect against unauthorized access 1 TapQ gt Xs 2 Touchandhold to dial your voicemail number 3 Follow the system prompts to e Create your password e Record your name announcement e Record your greeting Phone App 92 Important Voicemail Password Sprint strongly recommends that you create a password when setting up your voicemail to help protect against unauthorized access Without a password anyone who has access to your phone is able to access your voicemail messages Retrieve Your Voicemail Messages You can review your messages directly from your wireless phone using either traditional voicemail or Visual Voicemail or from any other touch tone phone U
248. pp to use The email app compose screen opens with the backup file attached 6 Enter your email address 7 Compose your email message and tap Note To restore your text messages on your phone open the email message with the backup file attachment from the Mail application Tap the attachment to open the Restore SMS screen and then tap the backup file to restore your text messages Restore Text Messages You can only restore text messages that were exported using the Back up SMS feature 1 Tap gt Messages 2 On the All messages screen tap 2 gt Back up Restore SMS gt Restore 3 Select a restore setting and tap NEXT 4 Tap the backup file to import 5 Enter the password and tap OK Messaging and Internet 119 Text and Multimedia Message Options You can set how your phone notifies you when you receive a new text or multimedia message or set other messaging options 1 Tap gt Messages a 2 Onthe All messages screen tap a gt Settings You can set the following options e Notifications Received messages O Received notification Select this option if you want to receive a notification in the status bar when a new text or multimedia message arrives Play notification sound If you want the phone to ring when a new message arrives select this option Notification sound Select a ringtone that is specific to new text and multimedia messages Note that the ringtone briefly plays when selec
249. pturing scenes with moving objects and keep a distance of at least five meters 16 feet from the scene 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen OO 2 Tap 00 gt Panorama 3 On the Viewfinder screen tap a to show the camera options 4 Tap _ EE and then tap bina to switch to Pan 360 mode 5 Hold the phone at face level so you ll have more room to capture scenes above or below you 6 When you re ready to take the first shot center the white box within the Viewfinder markers The camera automatically captures the frame 7 To take succeeding shots pan HTC One M9 up down left and right as smoothly as you can Camera and Video 155 As you pan in one direction you ll see another white box Center the white box again within the Viewfinder markers 8 Pan repeatedly until you get your desired frames or when you don t see any more boxes 9 To stop capturing anytime tap al Photos taken with Pan 360 are indicated by the a icon in Gallery Other Camera Features Your phone s camera comes with other features including HDR and slow motion video Use HDR When shooting portraits against a bright background use HDR short for High Dynamic Range to capture your subjects clearly HDR brings out the details of both the highlights and shadows even in high contrast lighting Note HDR works best when your subject is steady The camera takes multiple shots at different exposure levels and combines them into
250. r contacts sync with 1 Tap sik ro People a 2 Tapa Manage contacts gt Import Export contacts gt Share visible contacts Phone App 108 3 Choose how you want to send your contacts Contact Groups Organize your friends family and colleagues into groups so you can quickly send a message or email to everyone in the group We ve also set up the Frequent group to automatically add the contacts you dial or get calls from the most Your phone also syncs with groups you ve created in your Google Account Create a Group Create a group for your sporting buddies or family members so you can easily send them a message or emall 1 TaplO sii ro People 2 On the GROUPS tab tap F 3 Enter a name for the group 4 Tapia Add contact to group 5 Select the contacts you want to add and then tap SAVE Send a Message or Email to a Group Easily send a message or email to all members of the group 1 TapQ gt Ip ro People 2 On the GROUPS tab tap the group you want to send a message or email to 3 Go to the GROUP ACTION tab 4 Choose if you want to send a text message or email 5 Follow the prompts to complete and send the group message or group mail See Send a Text Message SMS Create and Send a Gmail Message or Send an Email Message Edit a Contact Group You have full control of your groups Change the group name or add and remove group members from the People app 1 Tap gt gt ro People 2 On
251. r phone s screensaver when it s idle or docked Settings 259 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Display amp gestures 3 Tap Daydream and then select a screensaver 4 Tap O Media Gesture Select this option to allow other apps to recognize the 3 finger gesture Otherwise the 3 finger gesture will only output the screen to the optional HTC Media Link HD Note The 3 finger gesture may not be available when TalkBack gestures are enabled For details see Navigate Your Phone with TalkBack 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Media gesture to select or clear this option Motion Launch Gestures Configure the Motion Launch gesture from this setting See Motion Launch for details i Tap O Settings 2 Tap Motion Launch gestures and enable this feature Calibrate the Screen Recalibrate the screen if you feel that the screen orientation does not respond properly to the way you hold the phone 1 Tip 051155 O Settings 2 Tap GSensor calibration 3 Place the phone on a flat surface and then tap CALIBRATE 4 After the recalibration process tap OK HTC BoomSound with Dolby Audio Turn the HTC BoomSound with Dolby Audio on and off and select a sound mode See HTC BoomSound with Dolby Audio for details Settings 260 Sound 4 Notification Settings The Sound 8 notification settings menu lets you control your phone s audio from ringtones and alerts to touch tones and notifications Sound Profile and Vibrate U
252. r you want to continue seeing the card and then tap No Set Reminders in Google Now Setting reminders in Google Now is an easy way to keep tab of things to do You can set time or location based reminders When the reminder time is up or when you ve arrived at the specified location Google Now displays the Reminder card in the Google Search screen and sounds a notification to alert you 1 Tap gt o gt Google Es Or swipe up from the navigation buttons 2 Tap gt Reminders gt Ga 3 Enter the reminder title such as the task you want to be reminded of 4 Select Time to set a time based reminder or Place to set a location based reminder 5 Set the reminder time or location details add reminder Add a reminder Title New phone for Belle Time Place HTC America 13920 Southeast Eastgate Way 400 Bellevue 6 Tap When the reminder time is due or when you ve arrived at the location the Reminder card will appear in the Google search screen You can then dismiss or snooze the reminder Tip To see a list of all your reminders tap 22 gt Reminders Refresh Google Now Refresh Google Now to update the information cards or show relevant cards for information that you ve just added on your phone like an upcoming event in Calendar Messaging and Internet 143 1 Tap gt e e e gt Google Or swipe up from the navigation buttons 2 Pull down the screen with your finger and then releas
253. responding app e To dismiss just one notification in the list drag it left or right To dismiss all notifications and close the Notifications panel tap O l Tip If you have several notifications scroll through the list screen to see them all Manage App Notifications You can set the priority of app notifications or completely block notifications for apps you don t want to be notified about 1 Tap A gt gt Settings gt Sound amp notification 2 Tap App notifications and then tap the app you want manage You can also touch and hold a notification and then tap 3 Tap the ON OFF switch next to Block or Priority depending on what you want to do Settings for app notifications are applied to notifications in the Notifications panel and the lock screen Front Indicator Light LED The Front Indicator Light LED provides phone information at a glance Your Phone Interface B7 The indicator shows Solid green light when your phone is connected to the power adapter or a computer and the battery is fully charged Flashing green light when you have a pending notification for example a new message or a missed call Solid orange light when the battery is being charged Flashing orange light when the battery level reaches very low Power is below 14 Change LED Notification Settings You can change when to flash and which apps will flash the LED when there are new notifications 1 2 3
254. rgotten your Google Account password you can try to recover it by going to the Google website 1 On your phone or computer open your Web browser 2 Go to google com accounts recovery 3 Select don t know my password 4 Enter the email address or username that you use to sign in to your Google Account and click Continue 5 Follow the instructions on the screen to reset your password Manage Your Online Accounts Manage the online accounts you have associated with your phone Remove an Account You can remove an account from your phone Removing an account does not remove accounts and information from the online service itself il Tap O Settings 2 Tap Accounts 8 sync 3 Tap the account that you want to remove 4 Tapuma Remove 5 Tap REMOVE ACCOUNT to confirm Settings 246 Important Some personal data may be retained by the third party app after you have removed the account from your phone Sync All Your Accounts Automatically 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Accounts 8 sync 3 Tap the Auto sync ON OFF switch to turn automatic sync on or off Change Synced Data or Settings for an Account 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Accounts 8 sync 3 Tap the account that you want to update 4 Tap the item you want to sync or edit Location Settings Your Location settings menu lets you select how your phone determines its location using the wireless network GPS satellites both or neither Loca
255. rted 1 Tap I5 1155 O Settings 2 Tap Sound 8 notification and then select or clear Pocket mode Rotate Your Phone for a Better View For most screens you can automatically change the screen orientation from portrait to landscape by turning the phone sideways When entering text you can turn the phone sideways to bring up a bigger keyboard See HTC Sense Keyboard for more details Toturn this feature off 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Display 4 gestures and then clear the Autorotate screen option Note The TalkBack accessibility feature works best if you turn off auto rotate For details see Navigate Your Phone with TalkBack Activate Your Phone Follow the instructions below to activate your phone if it has not already been activated Depending on your account or how and where you purchased your phone it may be ready to use or you may need to activate it on your Sprint account Ifyou purchased your phone at a Sprint Store it is probably activated and ready to use Ifyou received your phone in the mail and it is for a new Sprint account or a new line of service it is designed to activate automatically e When you turn the phone on for the first time you should see a Hands Free Activation screen which may be followed by a PRL Update screen and a Firmware Update screen Follow the onscreen instructions to continue Ifyou received your phone in the mail and you are activating a new phone for an existing number on
256. rting removing SIM Card Insert SIM Card Follow these instructions to insert a SIM card Remember to power off your phone before inserting a SIM card 1 2 3 Get Started Hold the phone face down Fully insert the tray eject pin included in the box into the small hole next to the nano SIM card tray slot until the tray ejects Pull the tray out and place the nano SIM card into the tray Make sure that the nano SIM card s gold contacts are facing up 4 Insert the tray back into the slot 5 Turn on the phone SD Card Your phone supports the use of an optional SD card not included to expand its storage capacity It supports cards up to 128GB Some cards may not operate properly with your phone i SD Card Cautions Data Information stored on SD Card can become lost or changed accidently or as a result of damage It is recommended that you keep a separate copy of important data The company is not responsible for damages from data that is lost or changed Reading Writing Data Never power off while reading or writing data Battery Level A low battery charge may prevent reading writing to SD Card Handling SD Card Use store SD Cards away from the reach of infants May cause choking if swallowed Insert SD Card Follow these steps to insert an optional SD card not included Make sure to power your phone off before inserting or removing an SD card 1 Turn off the phone 2 Hold the phone face up
257. s Descriptions in the User Guide Note that most descriptions in this guide are based on your phone s setup at the time of purchase Unless otherwise noted instructions begin from the phone s home screen which is displayed by tapping N Some operation descriptions may be simplified Screenshots and Key Labels Screenshots in the user guide may appear differently on your phone Key labels in the user guide are simplified for description purposes and differ from your phone s display Other Notations In the user guide the phone may be referred to either as phone device or handset A microSD or microSDHC card is referred to as an SD Card or a memory card Introduction 2 Get Started The following topics give you all the information you need to set up your phone and wireless service the first time Phone Layout The following illustration outlines your phone s primary external features and buttons IR Sensor Proximity Speaker Sensor LED ma Front Camera Nano SIM microSD Card Card Tray 10 08 Tray with with fun Mar 1 Eject Hole Eject Hole Thinking about lunch Volume paa P auton Touchscreen ae PEN Power Lock Button Speaker Charger Accessory Jack 3 5mm Headset Jack IR Sensor Lets you control your TV cable box or home entertainment system Get Started 3 Proximity Sensor Detects how close an object is to the surface of the screen This is typically used to detect when y
258. s Uploading and backing up your files to your online storage account Using your phone as a Mobile Hotspot Sharing your mobile data connection by USB tethering To help you save on data usage connect to a Wi Fi network whenever possible and set your online accounts and emails to sync less frequently Keep Track of Your Data Usage Note Data usage measured by your phone may differ from and be less than your actual data usage 1 2 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap Under Wireless amp networks tap More gt Data usage On the MOBILE tab select Limit mobile data usage to automatically disable your data connection when you reach the set limit Then drag the upper LIMIT line to set your monthly data limit Select Alert me about data usage and then drag the lower ALERT line to set an alert before 6 you reach your monthly data limit Tap Reset data usage and then set the day of the month when your usage cycle resets This date is usually the start of your monthly billing cycle Drag the vertical line markers to see how much data you ve used during a particular time interval El Note If you re connecting your phone to another portable Wi Fi hotspot tap a gt Mobile hotspots to restrict background data from downloading that may incur extra data connection View the Data Usage of Apps 1 2 3 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap l Under Wirel
259. s gt About or Help Purchase and Download Music from the Sprint Music Plus Store From the Sprint Music Plus Store you can shop for songs to purchase and download to your phone 1 Tap gt es gt amp Sprint Music Plus gt Music Store The app will open and display the Music Store 2 Enter a song or artist in the search field or browse through options in the tabs in the center of the screen 3 Tap a song to select it The song information screen is displayed 4 Follow the onscreen instructions to preview or purchase the song Tap JP atanytime to display the Sprint Music Plus menu Tip For ringtones or ringback tones tap Ringtones Store or Ringbacks from the Sprint Music Plus main menu Useful Features 202 HTC BoomSound with Dolby Audio Hear what you ve been missing HTC BoomSound gives you a rich authentic sound experience whether you re listening to music watching a video or playing a game Toggle Modes in HTC BoomSound Turn on HTC BoomSound with Dolby Audio in Settings and experience a whole new level of mobile audio 1 TapQ gt TIE O Settings 2 TapHTC BoomSound with Dolby Audio to toggle between Theatre mode or Music mode Note HTC BoomSound with Dolby Audio is not available over HDMI Bluetooth Miracast or USB audio out Use HTC BoomSound with Headphones Turn on HTC BoomSound with Dolby Audio and put on your headphones to enjoy refined audio details in a most personal way 1
260. se Traditional Voicemail to Access Your Messages 1 Tap D gt NS 2 Touchandhold 12 to dial your voicemail number 3 Follow the voice prompts to listen to and manage your voicemail messages Use Another Phone to Access Your Messages 1 Dial your wireless phone number 2 When your voicemail answers press the pound key on the phone 3 Enter your password Tip When you call voicemail from another phone you first hear the header information date time and sender information for the message To skip directly to the message tap 4 si during the header Note Depending on your plan you may be charged for airtime minutes when you are accessing your voicemail from your wireless phone Visual Voicemail Visual Voicemail gives you a quick and easy way to access your voicemail Now you can find exactly the message you are looking for without having to listen to every voicemail message first This feature periodically goes out to your voicemail and gathers the caller information from all of the current voicemails It then populates a list with the caller name and number along with the length of time and priority level of the voicemail message Set Up Visual Voicemail Your phone automatically transfers all unanswered calls to your voicemail even if your phone is in use or turned off You should set up your Sprint voicemail and personal greeting as soon as your phone is activated Note To set up your traditional voicemail box
261. se the following settings for such features as silent mode vibrate and overall phone volume 1 Tap 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Sound 8 notification gt Sound profile 3 Select Normal Vibrate or Silent 4 Toset your phone to always vibrate for calls in addition to any ringer settings select the Vibrate option below Volumes Note If you selected Vibrate as your sound profile step 2 your phone will vibrate for all notifications and incoming calls D Tap Volumes You can separately adjust your phone s multimedia ringtone and notifications and alarm volumes 1 TapQ gt t gt Settings 2 Tap Sound amp notification gt Volumes 3 Drag the volume sliders on the screen to adjust the ringtone and notifications music and videos and alarm volumes 4 Tap DONE Note You can adjust the ringer volume in standby mode or the earpiece volume during a call by pressing the Volume button Notification and Alarm Sound You can set the notification and alarm sound 1 TapQ gt it gt Settings 2 Tap Sound amp notification gt Volumes 3 Tap Notification sound or Alarm A Select the sound you want and tap APPLY Settings 261 Use Interruptions to set a schedule when you don t want to be disturbed such as during meetings or bed time 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Sound 8 notification gt Interruptions 3 Tap When calls and notifications arrive and then select the interrupt mode 4 U
262. seful Features 186 Calendar Operations View Today s Calendar From the Calendar tap DI Change Calendar View From the Calendar tap W and then tap Month Week Day Agenda or Invites to change the current view View Next Previous Month Month View From the Calendar flick the screen left or right View Next Previous Week Week View From the Calendar flick the screen left or right a View Next Previous Day Day View From the Calendar flick the screen left or right View the Next Previous Time Period Day Week View From the Calendar flick the screen flick the screen left or right Select a Calendar Ifyou have more than one calendar select a calendar in which to add events e Select My Calendar to create an event that will appear only on your phone e Select your Google Account to create a Google Calendar event If you have several Google Calendars on the Web select one in which to add your event o You can create multiple Google Calendars only in Google Calendar on the Web After creating them in Google Calendar on the Web you ll be able to see them in the Calendar application on your phone For more information about creating and managing multiple Google Calendars visit the Google website calendar google com e If you have synchronized your phone with an Exchange ActiveSync account or Outlook on your computer you can also select these calendars e Select PC Sync to create an Outlook Calendar event to sy
263. ssue you will need to contact customer service see below When calling to report an issue the following information will be beneficial in trying to resolve your issue as quickly as possible a Your wireless phone number a The city and country you are traveling in a Any error message that displays on your phone or that you heard when trying to place a call a Ifthe issue is with data were you able to place voice calls a Ifthe issue is with voice service were you able to access data Please call the numbers below if you need assistance While in the United States Call 1 888 226 7212 While traveling outside the United States n GSM mode tap O and then dial 1 817 698 4199 In CDMA mode enter the country code and then dial 1 817 698 4199 There is no charge for this call from your wireless phone From a landline phone when outside the United States Sprint Worldwide Customer Support can be reached from a landline phone at 1 817 698 4199 Access or connection fees may apply The toll free numbers below can also be used to contact Sprint Worldwide Customer Support in the following countries Caribbean Anguilla Barbados 1 888 226 7212 Cayman Islands and Dominica Note This toll free service is available on ordinary landline phones and some public pay phones This service does not cover any hotel access charges Global Services 240 The following topics provide an overview of items you can change using your phone s Set
264. st by deleting old messages and conversations 1 Tap sl Messages 2 Onthe All messages screen do any of the following e Delete a message Open the conversation thread with a contact tap the message and a then tap Delete message To delete multiple messages within a conversation tap gt Delete messages gt Delete by selection and then select the messages to delete e Delete a conversation Touch and hold a contact or phone number and then tap Delete To delete multiple conversations on the Messages screen tap a gt Delete threads and then select the conversations to delete Tip In the Messages settings tap General gt Delete old messages to auto delete old messages Back Up and Restore Your Text Messages Back up important text messages to your phone s storage or to your email account Messaging and Internet 118 Back Up Text Messages 1 Tap Os Messages 2 Onthe All messages screen tap 5 gt Back up Restore SMS gt Back up 3 Tap OK gt Back up SMS 4 Choose whether you want to protect the backup file with a password 5 Enter a name for your backupfile and then tap OK Back Up Text Messages Using Mail Important You need to set up your email account in Mall 1 Tap si Messages On the All messages screen tap a gt Back up Restore SMS gt Back up Tap OK gt Back up SMS via mail 2 3 4 Choose whether you wantto protect the backup file with a password 5 Select the email a
265. stall the latest software and application updates Updates sometimes include battery performance improvements a Uninstall or disable apps that you never use Settings 271 Many apps run processes or sync data in the background even when you re not using them If there are apps that you don t need anymore uninstall them See Uninstall Third party Apps If an app came preloaded and can t be uninstalled disabling the app can still prevent it from continuously running or syncing data In Settings 5 Apps swipe to the ALL tab tap the app and then tap Disable Limit Background Data and Sync Background data and sync can use a lot of battery power if you have many apps syncing data in the background It s recommended not to let apps sync data too often Determine which apps can be set with longer sync times or sync manually In Settings tap Accounts amp sync and check what types of data are being synced in your online accounts When the battery is starting to run low temporarily disable syncing some data a If you have many email accounts consider prolonging the sync time of some accounts In the Mail app select an account tap a gt Settings gt Sync Send amp Receive and then adjust the settings under Sync schedule a When you re not traveling from one place to another sync weather updates of only your current a location rather than in all of your named cities Open the Weather app and then tap a gt Edit to remo
266. stem See Update Your Phone Software for details About Your Phone The About menu lets you access important phone information and view legal and safety information 1 Tap I5 1215 O Settings 2 Tap About 3 Scroll through the list and select options to view or customize information e Hardware and software version Displays the phone hardware and software version e Software updates Check if there are is a new software update available for your phone e Usage and error reporting Send error preference and usage reports to HTC e Help Enable quick tips to appear on the screen e Network Check the operator signal strength mobile network type and more e Phone identity Check the phone s name model number IMEI SIM ID MEID current user name and number e Software information View software related information such as the Android HTC Sense and software versions e Legal information View HTC legal information privacy alert Google legal information and open source licenses Copyright Information 2015 Sprint Sprint and the logo are trademarks of Sprint Other marks are trademarks of their respective owners Portions of this document 2015 HTC Corporation All rights reserved Dolby Audio manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby and Dolby Audio are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories HTC the HTC logo HTC One the HTC One logo HTC BlinkFeed HTC BoomSound HTC Connect HTC Dot View HTC Sense Motion L
267. t Now cards Tap the Show cards switch and then tap SET UP on the Google Now screen 3 Tap YES I M IN Google Now information cards will start to appear on the Google search screen 4 Tosee all available information cards swipe up the screen and tap More Depending on the information that you ve allowed to share more information cards will appear on the Google search screen as you use your phone to search the Web create appointments and more Change Card Settings You can easily customize the settings of Google Now cards to suit your information needs For example you can change the weather units in the Weather card or your transportation mode in the Traffic card 1 Tap gt e e e gt Google Or swipe up from the navigation buttons 2 Do any ofthe following e To change a card setting such as the weather unit on the Weather card tap eee and then tap the arrow buttons when available e To change specific card information such as your work address and sports teams or stocks you follow tap gt Customize and then tap the information you want to change Dismiss or Hide Cards 1 Tap gt e e e gt Google Or swipe up from the navigation buttons 2 Doany ofthe following Messaging and Internet 142 e To dismiss a card swipe it left or right e To keep the card from appearing on the Google search screen tap eee On the card you want to hide Tap the left or right arrow buttons until you are asked whethe
268. t you can read manage and send email in the same easy way as with a POP3 IMAP account However you can also access some powerful Exchange features Ask your network administrator or email service provider for additional email settings that you may need 1 Tip lI s1225 mail 2 Select Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Otherwise if you ve already added an email account during the setup process tap a gt Add account gt Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync 3 Tap MANUAL SETUP and enter the required information e Email address Enter your email address e Server address Enter your system s Exchange server remote email address Obtain this information from your company network administrator e Domain Enter your network domain e Username Enter your username e Password Enter your network access password case sensitive e Encrypted SSLconnection Tap to place a checkmark in the box if your system requires SSL encryption e Client certificate Tap to select client certification if required 4 Follow the onscreen prompts to configure options for the account 5 Enter an account name and a display name and tap DONE to complete setup Your corporate email account is set up and you will begin receiving email for the account Check Your Mail Inbox When you open the Mail application it displays the inbox of one of your email accounts that you ve set up on your phone 1 Tap 5 15 N Mail The inbox of one of your email accounts
269. t creative with your photos open and edit them in the Gallery app Additional editing features are available for a batch of continuous shots such as Sequence Shot Always Smile and Object Removal Change the Focus in Bokeh Mode Use Bokeh mode to focus on any object that you see on the Viewfinder screen and blur its background Note You need to be within a distance of 10 to 60 cm 4 in to 2 ft from the object you want to focus on 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen OO 2 Tap 00 gt Bokeh If you don t see this mode tap ADD gt Bokeh to add it first to the capture modes 3 Onthe Viewfinder screen tap the object you want to focus on 4 When you re ready to take the photo tap ee Camera and Video 150 Tap the small image thumbnail to open the photo you ve just taken in Gallery and see the bokeh effect Selfies and People Shots Take high quality selfies with 4MP HTC UltraPixel front camera even in low light conditions Use your phone s cameras to take vivid group photos all the time Tips for Taking Selfies and People Shots Look best in your shot Here are some camera options you can adjust or select before taking selfies and people shots Portrait Scene Using the Portrait scene helps a little in smoothing the skin in your selfies and people shots 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen OO f 2 Tap007 Camera or Selfie 3 On the Viewfinder screen tap a to show the camera optio
270. t on the phone 1 Tap pa Play Store 2 Tap to open the slideout menu 3 Tap My apps swipe to the ALL tab and then tap the app you want to restore 4 Follow the onscreen instructions As an added precaution to preserve any data on your microSD card please unmount it from your phone prior to starting the update process Tap s3225 O Settings gt Storage gt Unmount SD card Update the Operating System This option allows you to update the phone s operating system OS via an over the air connection 1 Tap N s3225 O Settings gt System updates 2 Tap HTC software update gt CHECK NOW Note If you want to conserve data usage you can select the Update over Wi Fi only option before you tap CHECK NOW 3 Follow onscreen instructions to download and install any available updates Your phone automatically downloads and installs any available updates You may be required to power your phone off and back on to complete the software upgrade Basic Operations 51 Confirm Your Current Phone Firmware Tap Siri O Settings gt About gt Software information The software version is displayed Update Your Profile This option allows you to automatically update your online user profile information If you choose to change your user name and select a new one online you must then update the user name on your phone 1 Tap SA Settings gt System updates 2 Tap Update profile and follow onscreen instructio
271. t where you want to paste the text Tap CJ Tip To copy the address of a linked webpage touch and hold the link and then tap Copy link address Share Text 1 After you have selected the text you want to share tap lt l 2 Choose where to paste and share the selected text such as in an email message or social Basic Operations network status update 44 Google Account You will need a Google Account to access several phone features such as Gmail Google Maps Hangouts and the Google Play applications Before you are able to access Google applications you must enter your account information These applications sync between your phone and your online Google Account EI Google Account Cautions Be sure not to forget your Google Account ID or password Create a Google Account If you do not already have a Google Account you can create one online or using your phone Note You can also create and sign into your Google Gmail account through your phone s Setup application Note Although you need a Gmail account to use certain features of your phone such as Google Play you do not need to use Gmail as the default email account for your phone Create a Google Account Online 1 From a computer launch a Web browser and navigate to google com 2 On the main page click Signin 5 Create an account 3 Follow the onscreen prompts to create your free account 4 Navigate to your the Gmail inbox Create a Google Ac
272. t your call at no additional charge Thereis a per call charge to use Sprint 411 and you will be billed for airtime TapQ gt s andthentap 4 129 Teo CALL Sprint Operator Services Sprint Operator Services provides assistance when you place collect calls or when you place calls billed to a local telephone calling card or third party TapQ gt s andthentap O CALL For more information or to see the latest in products and services visit us online at sprint com mysprint For Assistance 282 3 3 way Calling 96 4 4G 134 A Accessibility TalkBack 252 Accessory Jack 4 Account Passwords 281 Activation 19 Add to Album 161 Airplane Mode 38 Alarm 190 Alarm Sound 244 245 Always Smile 170 Android Beam 228 Answer a Call 86 App Notifications 57 Applications Clear App Cache 266 Install Third Party Apps 250 Uninstall 266 Apps 31 Disable 268 Find and install 47 Open 34 Open from Lock Screen 34 Recent Apps 34 Refresh Content 35 Request refunds 48 Uninstall 48 Update 48 Apps Screen Arrange Apps 36 Group Apps 37 Hide Unhide Apps 37 Move Apps and Folders 36 Remove Apps from Folder 37 B Back Key 28 Index Index Backup 254 Options 255 Use HTC Backup 255 Basic Photo Editing 167 Adjust 167 Choose 167 Custom Filters 168 Draw 168 Filters 168 Retouch 169 Battery Charge 9 Check History 270 Check Usage 270 Extreme Power Saving Mode 270 Power Saver Mode 269 Save Power 271 Settings 269 Battery Percentage 270
273. tap 4 3 While HTC BlinkFeed is selected tap REMOVE 4 To add it back swipe right and then tap the button that has BLINKFEED Your Phone Interface 59 Add Content to HTC BlinkFeed Personalize HTC BlinkFeed to show articles and status updates from your favorite news sources categories editions and apps Select Feeds Discover stories and articles on HTC BlinkFeed based on your interests favorite categories and popular news channels or websites 1 Tap N or swipe right to go to HTC BlinkFeed 2 Swipe right to open the slideout menu 3 Tapa Add content 4 Choose a category 5 Select one or more feed sources You can tap a name first to check out a particular feed and then tap a to add it to HTC BlinkFeed Show Content From Your Apps and Social Networks See your friends posts in social networks or show content from your HTC apps right on HTC BlinkFeed Note You need to sign in to your social networks to see their feeds on HTC BlinkFeed 1 Tap N or swipe right to go to HTC BlinkFeed 2 Swipe right to open the slideout menu 3 Tapa Services 8 Apps 4 Select the apps and social networks you like Search and Add Topics of Interest You can search for and select topics of interest to display them on HTC BlinkFeed 1 Tap N or swipe right to go to HTC BlinkFeed 2 Swipe right to open the slideout menu 3 TapSearch for content and then enter the topic you re looking for 4 Taparesult and
274. ted Vibrate Select this option if you want the phone to vibrate when a new text or multimedia message arrives Heads up notification Select to display the message preview without leaving the current app you re in e Notifications Sent messages O Sent notification Select this option if you want to receive a notification in the status bar when a message is sent successfully Failure notification Select this option if you want to receive a notification in the status bar when a message is not sent successfully Play notification sound If you want the phone to ring when a sent or failure notification is received select this option Notification sound Select a ringtone that is specific to sent or failure notifications Note that the ringtone briefly plays when selected Vibrate Select this option if you want the phone to vibrate when a new text or multimedia message is sent Display message on screen Set your phone to show pop up notifications not just in the status bar when your messages are sent successfully or not You can also select None to disable this option e Text Messages SMS Settings O Priority setting Set the priority for outgoing text messages Messaging and Internet 120 o SMS characters Select this option to correctly display special accented characters in SMS messages e Multimedia Messages MMS Settings MMS settings o Auto retrieve Select this option to automatically retrieve all your m
275. ted effect and then tap V 6 Tap eto adjust the animation speed and intensity 7 Touch and hold an area with two fingers and then drag your fingers in a circular motion to rotate the animation 8 When you are satisfied with the result tap Sf and choose to save as a photo or video Face Fusion Wonder what you would like if you shared the same features as another person Face Fusion uses a person s photo and a target face to merge the two photos into one To use Face Fusion be sure that a The faces in each photo have to be 100 x 100 pixels or larger in size Facial shots are without glasses and are not covered by hair a hat or any other item a Subjects should look towards the camera for best results 1 Tap gt gt kas Photo Editor and choose the photo you want to edit 2 Inthe slideout menu that opens tap Effects 5 O FACE FUSION Camera and Video 177 3 Tap and then browse to the photo that you want to merge with 4 Drag the slider to apply Face Fusion to the image 5 Tochoose another target face just tap the thumbnail of the target person and browse to a new photo 6 When you are satisfied with the result tap SY and choose to save as a photo or video Camera and Video 178 Useful Features The following topics detail many of your phone s tools and features such as maps and navigation calendar clock social networking apps music and more NASCAR Mobile Now you have the ability t
276. the GROUPS tab touch and hold the group and then tap Edit group 3 Youcan Phone App 109 e Tap the group name to change the name You can only change the name for groups that you have created e Tapa Add contact to group to add more members e Torearrange the group members drag at the end of the contact s name to its new position e Select the check box next to any contacts you want to remove from the group 4 Tap SAVE Manage Your Contact Groups Put your favorite group at the top of the groups list or delete groups that you don t need 1 Tap gt gt ro People 2 On the GROUPS tab tap a gt Edit groups 3 Youcan e Rearrange the contact groups Drag at the end of the group name to its new position e Select the contact groups you want to remove 4 Tap SAVE Back Up and Restore Your Contacts Make sure you don t lose your contacts by backing them up to your phone s storage or microSD card if you inserted one Back Up Contacts 1 Tap sik ro People 2 Tap 3 gt Manage contacts 3 Tap Import Export contacts gt Export to phone storage or Export to SD card 4 Select an account or type of contacts to export 5 Tohelp protect your data tap Yes and then set a password for this backup Be sure to remember this password You ll need to enter it again when importing contacts If you don t need a password tap No 6 Tap OK Phone App 110 Restore Contacts Note You can only res
277. the Gmail inbox tap gt Help amp feedback Use the Mail application to send and receive email from your webmail or other accounts using POP3 or IMAP or access your Exchange ActiveSync account for your corporate email needs Add an Email Account You can add several types of personal email accounts such as from a Web based email service or email provider Tip You can also set up an email account from the Accounts amp sync settings With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap gt Accounts 8 sync gt l 1 TapD gt gt M Mail 2 Select an email account type from the list of email providers Otherwise if you ve already added an email account during the setup process tap a gt Add account o Microsoft Exchange Active5ync PA Gmail wer Yahoo Mail ga Dutlook com wa Other POP3 IMAP Important If the account type you want to set up is not in the phone database you will be asked to enter more details You should get all pertinent information for the email account such as incoming and outgoing server settings before you proceed Messaging and Internet 125 3 Enter the email address and password for your email account and then tap NEXT 4 Select the email data you d like to sync with your phone and then tap NEXT 5 Enter a name for your email account and then tap FINISH SETUP Add an Exchange ActiveSync Account If you synchronize your phone with your Exchange ActiveSync accoun
278. the email preview tap REPLY ALL or FORWARD Note If you have several notifications and you don t see the email options expand the email preview by sliding two fingers apart on the notification 3 Compose your reply message and tap D Save an image in an Email Message While viewing an email message touch and hold an embedded image and then tap Save image You ll find the saved image in the Downloads folder You can also copy the image to the clipboard or set it as your wallpaper Note If the image does not show tap Display images Manage Email Messages The Mail app provides easy ways to sort move or delete your email messages Sort Email Messages Customize how you sort your email messages E From an email account inbox tap a gt Sort and select from the sorting options Move Email Messages to Another Folder 1 TapD gt gt M Mail 2 Switch to the email account that you want to use 3 Select the email messages you want to move m Tip To select all select one email message first and then tap a gt Select all 4 Tap MOVE TO and then select a folder Messaging and Internet 129 Delete Email Messages 1 Tap I5 215 Y Mail 2 Switch to the email account that you want to use 3 Select the email messages you want to delete a Tip To select all select one email message first and then tap a gt Select all 4 Tap DELETE gt OK Search Email Messages If you have a long list of email
279. the panel that you want to use as your main Home screen Tap SET AS HOME Tap D Your Phone Interface Note Tapping N from an app will first return you to the last panel you were in Just tap N again to go to your main Home screen Organize Your Widget Panels Organize your widget panels depending on your needs Add or Remove a Widget Panel Note You won t be able to add a new widget panel if you ve already reached the maximum limit Note If it s not removed HTC BlinkFeed always appears as the first panel A widget panel cannot be inserted before HTC BlinkFeed 1 Touch and hold an empty space on a widget panel 2 In the pop up menu tap Manage Home screen pages 3 To adda new widget panel swipe until you see the icon and then tap it 4 Toremove a widget panel swipe left or right until you see the panel and then tap REMOVE D Tap 2 Arrange Widget Panels Note A widget panel cannot be moved or inserted before HTC BlinkFeed 1 On HTC BlinkFeed or any widget panel slide two fingers together to customize the Home screen 2 Touch and hold a widget panel thumbnail and then drag it left or right to the position you want Ii Tap O Work with Widgets and App Shortcuts Add widgets and app shortcuts to the Home screen Add Widgets on Your Home Screen Widgets make at a glance important information and media content easily available Choose from a selection of widgets and add the most useful ones to y
280. the right side of the screen Make sure you re not touching the screen when the phone vibrates Wake to HTC BlinkFeed Go from sleep mode to HTC BlinkFeed without reaching for the Power Lock button Your Phone Interface 77 Note If you ve set up a screen lock with credentials you ll be asked to provide your credentials first before HTC One M9 unlocks 1 Lift the phone in portrait orientation 2 Immediately swipe right from the right side of the screen Make sure you re not touching the screen when the phone vibrates Auto Launch the Camera with Motion Launch Snap When the screen is off you can wake up the phone directly to the Camera app sm Press and hold the Volume Up or Volume Down button and then lift the phone in landscape orientation Lift the phone in landscape orientation and then press the Volume Up or Volume Down button right away Note If you ve set up a screen lock with credentials you ll be asked to provide your credentials when you exit the Camera app Your Phone Interface 78 Make a Call with Quick Call When the screen is off and your phone is in sleep mode easily make a call by just swiping and using voice commands Note This feature may not be available in all languages Note Make sure Motion Launch gestures and Quick call are turned on in Settings 5 Display 4 gestures Motion Launch gestures Note If you ve set a screen lock with credentials you ll be asked to provide yo
281. the same time tap the GROUP button next to a speaker name select the other speakers you want to group it with and then tap OK Choose where to play media My Phone ALLPLAY SPEAKERS ci GROUP c2 Pi Audio output Pioneer VSX 824 APAC RICE CANCEL SCAN Connectivity 232 Stream Music to Blackfire Compliant Speakers Play music simultaneously to multiple Blackfire compliant speakers from your phone Before you start make sure your speakers are connected to your Wi Fi network Refer to the documentation that comes with your speakers to set up and connect them to your Wi Fi network 1 After connecting your speakers to your Wi Fi network open a music app on your phone 2 Swipe up with three fingers on the screen Your phone then turns Wi Fi on automatically and scans for media devices on your Wi Fi network You ll then see the available speakers listed 3 Tap the speaker you want to connect to 4 In the music app that you re using start playing music You ll then hear the music play from the speaker you ve selected 5 Toswitch between speakers or to group them swipe up the screen again with three fingers Connectivity 233 e Just tap another speaker to stream music to it e To group speakers so that music plays through them at the same time tap the Group button next to a speaker name select the other speakers you want to group it with and then tap OK Choose where to play media My
282. then tap Ce to add it under Custom topics Your Phone Interface 60 Subscribe to Multiple Regional Editions By default HTC BlinkFeed display feeds and information available for your current location You can show one or more editions of your choice on HTC BlinkFeed 1 Tap or swipe right to go to HTC BlinkFeed 2 Swipe right to open the slideout menu 3 Tapa Add content 4 Tap W and then select a locale or region 5 Select the feed sources to add Subscribe to RSS Feeds Never miss out on news and updates from your favorite blog or website by adding custom RSS feeds right on HTC BlinkFeed 1 Open the Internet app and go to the RSS feed URL of the blog or website you want to subscribe to 2 Tap EE to add it to HTC BlinkFeed 3 Enter the feed name and tap Subscribe Customize the Highlights Feed Go to the Highlights feed to see a mix of top trending articles and status updates from the feed sources you added You can also set the Highlights feed to only show items from your favorite news sources categories and apps Note You cannot add custom topics and RSS to the Highlights feed 1 Tap N or swipe right to go to HTC BlinkFeed 2 Swipe right to open the slideout menu 3 Tapa Settings gt Choose Highlights topics 4 Select the feed sources you want to appear in Highlights Save Articles for Later You can bookmark articles to your reading list so you can read them later a Doone of the fo
283. tically programmed into your phone You don t have to enter it Find Your User Name You can find your user name through your phone s device menu 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap 2 Tap About gt Phone identity ji You ll find your user name in the Current username field Update Your User Name If you choose to change your user name and select a new one online or make any changes to your services you must then update the profile on your phone 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap l 2 Tap System updates gt Update profile Your phone will download and install the profile update Data Connection Status and Indicators Your phone displays the current status of your data connection through indicators at the top of the screen The following symbols are used alli Network full signal The number of bars indicate the strength of the signal More bars mean a better signal Messaging and Internet 135 L TE s Sprint Spark data service Your phone is connected to the Sprint Spark enhanced LTE network data service 3G 3G data service Your phone is connected to the 3G network When the icon animates your phone is transferring or receiving data Turn the Data Connection On or Off Turn your data connection off to optimize the phone s battery life and your data usage 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Qui
284. tings menus Basic Settings From the home screen tap e e e gt O Settings to access your phone s settings menu The table below outlines the top level settings categories WiFi ____ EnableandsetWeFioptons Settings for data usage default messaging app NFC Mobile network sharing HTC Mini and VPN Personalize Options for customizing your phone s wallpaper navigation bar themes sound and more Accounts amp sync Set up your email and social network accounts Select your phone s location access options Set up a screen lock Kid Mode options and other security features Accessibility Set accessibility options such as screen magnification TalkBack and more Backup and reset Options for selecting the backup account restoring a backup and resetting the phone Get content from Options for transferring content from an old phone to your new HTC another phone phone Display amp gestures Change the display motion gestures and G Sensor settings HTC Boomsound with Turn HTC BoomSound on or off and select a sound mode Dolby Audio Sound amp notification Set your sound profile volumes incoming call options and system sounds Call Options for received calls voicemail settings and others including hearing aids and CDMA call settings TTY mode DDTM mode plus code dialing etc Settings 241 m Apps View all downloaded or running apps uninstall apps search for an app and more Storage View your
285. tings by default which makes the three finger gesture work only when sharing content or using HTC apps Note The 3 finger gesture may not be available when TalkBack gestures are enabled For details see Navigate Your Phone with TalkBack Get Started 16 Three finger Tap While using the HTC Car app tap the screen with three fingers to activate the voice command mode Use motion gestures to rotate the screen mute lower the ringtone volume and more Flip to Mute When a call comes in you can turn your phone over to mute it To change the Flip to mute settings 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Sound 8 notification gt Flip to mute and select a setting Get Started 17 e Mute once Mute only once after you flipped the phone The phone will ring again when there are subsequent incoming calls e Mute always After flipping the phone to mute a call keep it always muted for all incoming calls Pick Up to Lower Volume In a business meeting or restaurant pick your phone up when a call comes in to lower the ringtone volume You can turn this feature on or off 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Sound 8 notification and then select or clear Quiet ring on pickup Set Volume to Automatically Increase While in Your Pocket or Bag You can set your phone to recognize when it s in your bag or pocket and raise the ringtone volume so that you can hear it in noisy environments You can turn this feature on or off Get Sta
286. tion Setting Your phone is equipped with a Location setting for use in connection with location based services The Location feature allows the network to detect your position Turning Location off will hide your location from everyone except 9 1 1 Note Turning on Location will allow the network to detect your position using GPS technology making some Sprint applications and services easier to use To enable your phone s Location setting feature 1 Tap 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Location 3 Tap the ON OFF switch to turn location services on and off 4 Under Location sources select the location mode you want For example for a better estimate of your location choose High accuracy To save battery power choose Battery saving When you turn the Location setting feature on the phone displays the K icon on the status bar When you turn Location setting off the phone displays the NN icon Settings 247 Important Turning off a location service means no applications on your phone will collect your location data through that location service However third party applications may collect and your phone may continue to provide location data through other services including through Wi Fi and signal triangulation Google Location Reporting Select this option if you want to allow Google to collect anonymous location data or to allow certain apps to determine your location 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Location 3
287. to automatically download related content such as album covers and artist photos to your phone 1 Tap LA 5 1225 0 Music 2 Swipe to the different tabs to browse by category 3 Tap a song to play 4 Tap the onscreen icons to control music playback repeat songs and more bd Running Redux HOW PLAYING e Tap and drag your finger across the progress bar to jump to any part of the song e Tap 2g to turn shuffle on or off Shuffle is off when button is gray e Tap DI to cycle through the repeat modes repeat all songs repeat current song and don t repeat e Tap DI to play your music on a DLNA compliant TV or audio system HTC Media Link HD or stereo Bluetooth device e Tap Y to minimize the Now playing screen to continue browsing your music collection e Press the Volume Up or Volume Down buiton to adjust the playback volume Note When you re listening to music and the screen display turns off press the Power Lock button to turn the screen back on and control the music playback directly on the lock screen Tip You can also control music playback right from the Notifications panel Useful Features 196 Create and Work with Playlists Personalize your music experience by creating music playlists Make a playlist containing just your favorite songs or create one to match your mood for the day Create Playlists You can make as many playlists as you like on your phone 1 TaplI 5 25 0 Music 2 Swipe
288. to auto tap 7 When done tapi To display the settings again tap 8 When you re ready to take a photo tap 27 Tip You can save your customized settings as a new capture mode See Save Your Settings as a Camera Mode Save Your Settings as a Camera Mode Save a scene or custom settings as a new camera mode so you can conveniently use it anytime you need it Camera and Video 157 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen 2 Switch to the camera mode you want to use Note Some capture modes may not support modifying the camera settings a 3 On the Viewfinder screen tap a to show the camera options gt Modify the settings as desired When done tap gt Save custom camera on 6 Enter a name and then tap SAVE ele o Tap 90 on the viewfinder screen and then tap your created capture mode whenever you want to use it Modify a Customized Camera Mode 1 Open Camera from the lock screen or Home screen 2 Switch to the camera mode that you ve created 3 Modify the scene or settings 4 When done tap gt Save custom camera 5 Tap Yes to save changes to the existing mode View Pictures and Videos Using Gallery Using the Gallery application you can view pictures and watch videos that you ve taken with your phone s camera downloaded or copied onto your storage card or phone memory You can also take a look at your pictures and your friends pictures that are on your social
289. to the PLAYLISTS tab 3 Tap and then enter a playlist name 4 Toadd songs tap beside the title text box browse your music collection and then tap a song to add Repeat this step to add more songs 5 Youcanalso e Rearrange songs Touch and hold next to the song title you want to move and then drag it to its new position e Delete songs Select the songs you want to remove from the playlist e Change playlist name Enter a new name for the playlist in the title text box 6 TapSAVE To edit a playlist you ve created swipe to the PLAYLISTS tab on the Music app s main screen Tap a playlist and then tap gt Edit playlist Play the Songs in a Playlist 1 TaplI gt 22 gt 0 Music 2 Swipe to the PLAYLISTS tab 3 Tapa playlist and then tap the song you want to play first The song starts playing on the NOW PLAYING tab Delete Your Playlists Follow these steps to delete playlists that you no longer use Note The Recently played and the Recently added playlists can t be deleted 1 Tap 351125 60 Music 2 Swipe to the PLAYLISTS tab Useful Features 197 3 Touch and hold the playlist you want to delete and then tap Delete playlist E 4 To remove several playlists tap a gt Delete playlists Add a Song to the Queue While playing a song you can also browse other tracks stored on your phone Add a song or an album to the queue so it plays when the current playlist has finished playing 1 While a song
290. torage will then be added to your account 4 Follow the onscreen prompts to learn the things you can do with Google Drive Note Additional terms and requirements may apply including a subscription fee after your two year trial expires For details refer to the terms and conditions on the Google Drive support site support google com Useful Features 210 Note The Drive app is owned by Google and is not provided by or associated with HTC Corporation Note Uploading files requires you have the Drive app installed on your phone If this app is not preloaded you can download and install it from Google Play Check Your Google Drive Storage Space In Settings you can check your available Google Drive storage space Note Before your Google Drive storage info appears in Settings you need to access your Google Drive from an HTC app first For example use the Mail app to share a link to your Google Drive file 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar and then tap Storage 2 Under Online storage you ll see your Google Drive storage space From time to time check back on how much online storage space you still have before you upload more content Upload Your Photos and Videos to Google Drive Use Gallery to upload your photos and videos to Google Drive 1 Tap Gallery 2 Tap and then choose how you want to view your photos and videos 3 Tapan album or event that contains the photos and videos you want t
291. tore contacts that were backed up using the Export to phone storage feature 1 Tap gt gt 17 People E Tapa gt Manage contacts Tap Import Export contacts gt Import from phone storage or Import from SD card 2 3 4 Ifyou have more than one account set up tap the type for the imported contacts 5 Ifyou have multiple backups available select the backup you want to import and then tap OK 6 Enter the password you ve set for this backup and then tap OK Private Contacts If you don t want to show a contact s name and photo on the lock screen when you have an incoming call add the contact to your private contacts list Add a Contact to the Private Contacts List 1 Tap Nsiib 2 People 2 Touch and hold the contact and then tap Add to private contacts a 3 To view your private contacts list on the People tab tap a gt Manage contacts gt Private contacts Organize Your Private Contacts 1 Tip bilib 2E 4 People 2 On the PEOPLE tab tap a gt Manage contacts gt Private contacts 3 To add contacts to the private contacts list tap select the contacts you want to add and then tap SAVE ea To remove private contacts from the list tap a gt Remove private contact select the contacts you want to remove and then tap REMOVE Phone App 111 Messaging and Internet With wireless service and your phone s messaging and data capabilities you have the opportunity to share informati
292. ttings TTY Mode A TTY teletypewriter also known as a TDD or Text Telephone is a telecommunications phone that allows people who are deaf hard of hearing or who have speech or language disabilities to communicate by telephone Your phone is compatible with select TTY phones Please check with the manufacturer of your TTY phone to ensure that it supports digital wireless transmission Your phone and TTY phone will connect using a special cable that plugs into your phone s headset jack If this cable was not provided with your TTY phone contact your TTY phone manufacturer to purchase the connector cable When establishing your Sprint service please call Sprint Customer Service using the state Telecommunications Relay Service TRS by first dialing 7 Teo 12 CALL Then provide the state TRS with this number 866 727 4889 To turn TTY Mode on or off 1 Tap 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Call 3 Tap CDMA call settings gt TTY mode 4 Tap TTY Full TTY HCO or TTY VCO Tap TTY Off to turn TTY mode off Note When enabled TTY mode may impair the audio quality of non T TY phones connected to the headset jack Warning 9 1 1 Emergency Calling Sprint recommends that TTY users make emergency calls by other means including Telecommunications Relay Services TRS analog cellular and landline communications Wireless TTY calls to 9 1 1 may be corrupted when received by public safety answering points PSAPs rendering some communicat
293. u want to return to an unencrypted phone you must perform a factory reset Once you enable storage card encryption only new files added after encryption will be encrypted Files already on the card will not be encrypted Also storage card encryption doesn t reformat or erase your card Encrypted files on the storage card can only be opened by the phone that encrypted them How to Encrypt Data on Your Phone 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Storage 3 Tap Phone storage encryption Or tap Encrypt SD card content 4 Tap NEXT 5 Enter the lock screen PIN or password and tap NEXT 6 Tap ENABLEENCRYPTION During phone storage encryption the phone may restart a few times When storage encryption is complete enter your PIN or password Note If you turn off SD card encryption to stop encrypting new files previously encrypted files will remain encrypted To access these files you must enable encryption again for your storage card Use the Power settings to check the phone s battery enable Power saver mode and more Optimize Battery Life with Power Saver Mode Power saver mode helps to increase battery life It reduces the usage of phone features that drain the battery such as the display and data connection 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open the Quick Settings panel 2 Tap sas below the SAVER tile to choose which phone features to conserve power for Note If Data connection is selected your phone automaticall
294. ular 9 1 1 call on the Sprint Network When you make a 9 1 1 call with a Sprint Wi Fi Calling enabled phone your phone will first attempt to complete your call like any other 9 1 1 call on the Sprint Network If wireless coverage is not available your phone will try to complete a 9 1 1 call over Wi Fi Because of this it s important to always make sure you have an accurate address registered to each Wi Fi access point you use for Sprint Wi Fi Calling If you would like to order a reminder sticker for your phone that explains how the 9 1 1 process works with Sprint Wi Fi Calling please contact Care by dialing 7 2 from your Sprint phone or 844 665 6327 Set Up and Enable Wi Fi Calling Before you can use Wi Fi Calling you need to set it up Set Up the Phone for Wi Fi Calling You need to enable location services before you can use Wi Fi Calling See Location Settings for details Make sure the phone is connected to a wireless network See Turn Wi Fi On and Connect to a Wireless Network for details 1 Tip 051155 O Settings 2 Tap the Wi Fi Calling ON OFF switch and then tap PROCEED in the dialog box se Wi Fi Calling is added to your plan and the phone restarts Phone App 99 Enable Wi Fi Calling 1 TapQ gt it gt Settings 2 Tap the Wi Fi Calling ON OFF switch and then tap PROCEED in the dialog box 3 Read the 9 1 1 Wi Fi Calling information and then enter your address to register for 9 1 1 emergency calling
295. ultimedia messages completely When selected the multimedia message header plus the message body and attachments will automatically download to your phone If you clear this check box only the multimedia message header will be retrieved and shown in the All messages screen o Roaming auto retrieve Select this option to automatically retrieve all your multimedia messages completely while roaming Data roaming charges will apply o Priority setting Set the priority for outgoing MMS messages o Maximum message size Set the maximum file size of a multimedia message The multimedia message will not be sent out if it exceeds the file size set here o Attachment storage Select the storage where you want to save multimedia message attachments This is disabled for phones with no storage card o Connection settings View various connection settings such as the connection name and server address e Multimedia Messages MMS Settings Group Messages o Group Messages Select to turn group MMS on or off When you enable this you will need to enter your phone number for group MMS e General Recipient list settings o Show sent message history Include the sent message history when searching for a message recipient o Show email address Include email addresses when searching for a message recipient e General Message preview o Message preview Set the number of lines of text to appear in the conversation on the All messages screen
296. unt You must add an Internet calling account before you can make Internet calls 1 Tap N s3225 O Settings gt Call 2 Under Internet call settings tap Accounts 3 Tap ADD ACCOUNT 4 Enter your account details 5 Tapa Save 6 Toset your phone to receive Internet calls on your added account select the Receive incoming calls option Make an Internet Call Make an Internet call to either your contact s Internet calling account or phone number Phone App 98 Internet calling account e In People tap a contact who has an Internet calling account and then tap Internet call e In Call History tap an Internet call log Phone number First enable Internet calling for your outgoing calls Tap N siga O Settings gt Call Tap Use Internet calling and then select either For all calls when data network is available Only for Internet calls or Ask for each call Wi Fi Calling Wi Fi calling gives you the ability to make and receive phone calls and send and receive text messages over a wireless network Because Wi Fi Calling uses a wireless connection your calls texts and data activity won t count against your limits on your Sprint plan Wi Fi Calling also enhances coverage in areas where a phone signal is weak Warning 9 1 1 Emergency Calling using Wi Fi Calling Because Sprint Wi Fi Calling is a Voice over IP service that sends calls over the Internet it s important to note that 9 1 1 works differently than a reg
297. ur Settings Change the ringtone set up a Wi Fi connection add your accounts and more in Settings 1 Open Settings either from the Quick Settings panel or Apps screen e Swipe down from the status bar and then tap OF o Tap 51155 O Settings 2 Here are some of the basic settings you can change e Tap the ON OFF switch next to an item such as Wi Fi to turn it on or off Tap the item itself to configure its settings e Tap Sound amp notification to set a ringtone choose a sound profile and configure incoming call sound settings e Tap Personalize to change the wallpaper add widgets and shortcuts to the widget panel and more e Tap Accounts 8 sync to add and sign in to your different accounts such as email social networks and more e Tap Security to help secure your phone for example with a screen lock For more information see Settings Using Quick Settings In the Quick Settings panel easily turn settings such as Wi Fi and Bluetooth on or off 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Quick Settings Basic Operations 29 10 08 2 Toturn a setting on or off just tap its tile 3 To change the options for a setting touch and hold its tile Or tap sus Tip To switch to the Notifications panel swipe up the Quick Settings panel To switch back to the Quick Settings panel swipe down the Notifications panel Customize Quick Settings Aside from the default tiles there are several oth
298. ur credentials first before you can make the call 1 Lift the phone in portrait orientation 2 Immediately swipe down from the top half of the screen 3 When you see the microphone icon on the screen hold the phone close to your face and then say Call and the contact name For example say Call Alison 4 You can then do one of the following e f there are several contacts with the same name say the full name of the contact you want to call e Ifa contact has several phone numbers you ll see the following 2 Alison Pritts Mobile Pag a ma Ka a a AS 1 567 35504 Just say the item number of the one you want to call For example say 2 to call the second one Or say the full name and type of phone number as shown on the screen For example say Alison Pritts Mobile e If you re asked to confirm say Yes or No To cancel the call say Cancel Your Phone Interface 79 Bypass the Screen Lock for Quick Call If you ve set a screen lock with credentials you can set your phone to skip the security screen so you can immediately place calls with Quick call 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Quick Settings UR a e 2 Tap 10 gt Display amp gestures 3 Tap Motion Launch gestures 4 Select the Swipe down to turn on voice dialing and then select Bypass security screen Motion Launch Troubleshooting In Settings gt Display amp gestures tap Motion
299. ur music Tap tap a music track tap OK and then tap APPLY Note To learn how to trim an MP3 song and save it as a ringtone see Set a Song as a Ringtone Notification Sound The Notification sound menu lets you select your phone s notification sound 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Personalize gt Notification sound 3 Select a sound and tap APPLY Alarm Tap this option to select an alarm sound For details on how to set an alarm see Set an Alarm 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Personalize gt Alarm 3 Select a sound and tap APPLY Font Use these options to select a font and set the font size 1 Tap O Settings 2 Tap Personalize gt Font style 3 Select a font and tap tap 5 Tip To install more fonts to your phone tap 4 Tap Font size and then select the size you want Settings 244 Keyboard and Dialer Color Tap any of these options to change the keyboard and dialer color 1 Taplasiiis O Settings 2 Tap Personalize 5 Keyboard color or Dialer color 3 Select a color and tap 5 Accounts 4 Sync The Accounts 8 sync settings menu lets you add and manage all your email social networking online storage and HTC account Add Your Social Networks Email Accounts and More Add your favorite social networks email accounts and online storages on your phone so you are connected anywhere you go 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Accounts 8 sync 3 Tap t 4 Tap an account type You can set up
300. ur phone is already facing down it will still ring when there are subsequent incoming calls In Call Screen Layout and Operations While you re on a call you will see a number of onscreen options Phone App 86 Diana Mayer 1r nadi Ming Spat aie tet FEE END CALL Mute iy Mute the microphone during an active call Tap again to unmute the microphone Note If Mute is activated the speaker mode is deactivated Speaker 40 Route the phone s audio through the speaker On or through the earpiece Off e Activate Speaker to route the phone s audio through the speaker You can adjust the speaker volume using the Volume buttons e Deactivate Speaker to use the phone s earpiece Warning Because of higher volume levels do not place the phone near your ear during speakerphone use Dialpad Use the onscreen dialpad to enter additional numbers for example an extension Or access code e For example When you call your bank s 800 number use your dialpad to enter your account number and PIN Tap to view more in call options e Add call Tap to initiate a conference call 3 way call e Flash Tap to put the current call on hold e People to display your contacts list e Open contact card to display the caller s contact information End a Call There are a couple of options for ending a phone call Phone App 87 On the call screen tap END CALL Slide the Notifications panel open and then tap s
301. ures etc Function Description Audio output Listen to music etc wirelessly Hands free calls Call hands free using Bluetooth capable hands free devices and headsets Data exchange Exchange data with Bluetooth devices Connectivity 224 Connect a Bluetooth Headset or Car Kit You can listen to music over a Bluetooth stereo headset or have hands free conversations using a compatible Bluetooth headset or car kit Important For you to listen to music with your headset the headset must support the A2DP Bluetooth profile Note Before you connect your headset make it discoverable so your phone can find it Refer to your headset manual for details 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open Quick Settings 2 Tap the BLUETOOTH tile to turn Bluetooth on 3 Tap umm below the BLUETOOTH tile to open the Bluetooth screen 4 If you don t see your headset listed tap Scan for devices to refresh the list 5 When you see the name of your headset in the Available Devices section tap the name Your phone pairs with the headset and the headset connection status is displayed in the Paired Devices section Note If automatic pairing fails enter the passcode supplied with your headset The pairing and connection status is displayed below the hands free headset or car kit name in the Bluetooth phones section When the Bluetooth headset or car kit is connected to your phone the Bluetooth connected icon is dis
302. vCard tap it to view the contact information and then tap Save to add to your contacts Messaging and Internet 116 Ifthe attachment is an appointment or event vCalendar tap it to choose the calendar where to save it and then tap Import Note If you are concerned about the size of your data downloads you can choose to check the size E and subject first before you download a multimedia message On the All messages screen tap a gt Settings gt Multimedia messages MMS Clear the Auto retrieve option Help Protect Your Messages You can move private text messages to the Secure box You will need to enter a password to read messages in the Secure box Important The Secure box does not encrypt messages Important Message stored on your SIM card cannot be moved to the secure box Move Messages to the Secure Box 1 Tap Os Messages 2 Onthe All messages screen tap a contact or phone number to display the exchange of messages with that contact 3 Tapa Move to secure box 4 Select the messages and then tap MOVE Note To move all the messages from a contact on the All messages screen touch and hold the contact and tap Move to secure box Toread messages in the Secure box on the All messages screen tap w gt Secure If it is your first time to use the Secure box set a password Toremove messages or contacts from the Secure box touch and hold the contact or phone number and tap Move to gener
303. ve unneeded cities a Choose widgets wisely Some widgets constantly sync data Consider removing the ones that are not important from your Home screen In Play Store tap gt Settings gt Auto update apps gt Do not auto update apps if you re fine with updating apps from Play Store manually More Battery Saving Tips To squeeze in a little bit more battery power try these tips Tone down the ringtone and media volume a Minimize the use of vibration or sound feedback In Settings tap Sound amp notification and choose which ones you don t need and can disable Check your apps settings as you may find more options to optimize the battery Language amp Keyboard Settings Your phone s Language amp keyboard settings let you select a language for the phones screens and menus as well as manage a personal user dictionary Change the Phone Language Changing the language adjusts the keyboard layout date and time formatting and more Settings 2172 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Language amp keyboard 3 Tap Language and tap the language you want to use Spell Checker Turn this feature on to underline misspelled words as you type 1 Tip 51155 O Settings 2 Tap Language 8 keyboard 3 Tap the ON OFF switch next to Spell checker Keyboard and Input Methods HTC Sense Input The Language 8 keyboard settings let you select a preferred input method control keyboard settings and more 1 Tip 5
304. veling you can set up your voicemail access number as a Contacts entry This will make it faster and easier to access your messages while roaming internationally 1 TapQ gt 2 gt ro People 2 Tap F 3 In the Name field enter the name of your voicemail number for example My Voicemail Global Services 237 4 In the phone number field enter Q Jo 1 your area code and your wireless phone number 5 Tapv R i i Your voicemail access number is saved as a contact Access Your Voicemail Internationally You will need to call your voicemail number to access your voicemail while roaming internationally New Message Indicators Your voicemail message indicators may be displayed differently when roaming internationally A Message Waiting indicator icon or a text message is displayed when a voicemail message is received a You may see Missed Call on your screen prior to receiving a message notification You must call voicemail in order to retrieve messages Follow the instructions on the previous page to store your voicemail number for easy access Retrieve Voicemail Messages The voicemail retrieval process while traveling is the same as on the Sprint Network however you will be required to enter your voicemail password To retrieve your voicemail messages 1 Tap gt gt ro People 2 Tap the voicemail entry and then tap the number to call it a f f Your phone dials your
305. voicemail number 3 When your voicemail answers enter the password and tap to access your voicemail pa p a a Your voicemail box is accessed International Data Roaming Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service can also keep you connected via email and Web browsing when traveling in countries in which Sprint offers data service Data services are available on both COMA and GSM UMTS networks Check sprint com traveltips and sprint com sww to determine the services available where you are traveling Note Prior to using your Sprint Worldwide GSM UMTS Data Services you must establish and utilize your CDMA data services domestically on the Sprint Network Global Services 238 Get Started With Sprint Worldwide Data Services To use Sprint Worldwide Data Services you will need to have these services activated on your account sm To activate call Sprint Worldwide Customer Support at 1 888 226 7212 Representatives are available 24 hours a day 7 days a week to assist you Access Email and Data Services Internationally To access your email and browse the Web when traveling you may need to manually select the carrier that provides Sprint service in your location You can find a list of carriers for each country where GSM data service is offered at sprint com sww Then follow the instructions below to select the appropriate carrier network on your phone Access International Data Services on GSM UMTS Networks To select a GSM data
306. w duration in Camera settings Browse to the music track you want to share and then tap ssa gt Share gt Share file 5 Bluetooth E Voice recording On the main Voice Recorder screen tap gt Share gt Bluetooth 3 Turn Bluetooth on and pair with the receiving phone if you re asked to do so 4 On the receiving device accept the file Where Sent Information is Saved When you send information from your phone using Bluetooth the location where it s saved depends on the type of information and the receiving device If you send a calendar event or contact it is normally added directly to the corresponding application on the receiving phone For example if you send a calendar event to a compatible phone the event is shown in that phone s calendar application If you send another file type to a Windows computer it is normally saved in the Bluetooth Exchange folder within your personal document folders a On Windows XP the path may be C Documents and Settings your username My Documents Bluetooth Exchange On Windows Vista the path may be C Users your username Documents a On Windows 7 the path may be C Users your username My Documents Bluetooth Exchange Folder a On Windows 8 the path may be C Users your username Documents If you send a file to another device the saved location may depend on the file type For example if you send an image file to another wireless phone it may be saved in
307. ware 50 Photo Blog 208 Photo Editor 167 Basic 167 Continuous Shots 170 Creative Effects 172 Photo Shapes 173 Photo Tips 148 Photos amp Videos View by Location 160 Pictures Take with camera 147 View 158 Pinch 15 Play Music 200 Play Store 46 Find and install apps 47 Playlists Create 197 Delete 197 Play 197 Plus Code Dialing 236 Plus Code Dialing 85 POP3 Email 125 Post Spelling Check 273 Power Key 4 Index Power Off 11 Power On 11 Power Options Restart 11 Turn Phone Off 11 Turn Phone On 11 Power Saver 269 Predictive Text 41 Add to Dictionary 42 Manage Dictionary 42 Second Language 41 Press and Flick 14 Prevent Notifications 220 Prismatic 175 Private Message Box 117 Q Quick Call 79 Quick Settings 29 Customize 30 R Radio Frequency Exposure Operating Instructions 1 Recent Apps Key 28 Recoverable Data 1 Rejecta Call 86 Reset Phone 257 Restart Phone 11 Restore Phone From Online Storage 26 Ringtone Settings 244 Trim 198 S Saved Information 227 Scout 184 Screen Auto rotate Screen 258 Calibrate 260 Font Size 258 Glove Mode 258 Screen Timeout 259 Screen Unlock Face Unlock 249 Password 250 Pattern 249 288 PIN 249 Screenshots 30 Scribble 206 Compose Note 207 Create Photo Blog 208 Notebook 209 Sharing a Note 209 SD Card 7 Format 9 Insert 7 Remove 8 Unmount 8 Search 140 By Voice 141 Set Options 141 Using Google 140 Using Google Now 141 Search Info 140 Security Settings Digital
308. y disconnects from the mobile network after 15 minutes when the screen is off and the data connection is idle no download activity streaming or data usage It reconnects and then disconnects periodically when the data connection is idle to save battery power Note Keep in mind though that the Sleep mode option for the data connection in Settings gt Power when enabled overrides power saver mode 3 Tap the ON OFF switch next to Power saver to turn Power saver mode on or off Settings 269 Use Extreme Power Saving Mode In times when you don t need to use much of your phone turn Extreme power saving mode on to extend battery life longer In this mode standby time can last longer than usual and you can only use the most basic functions such as phone calls text messaging and email 1 With two fingers swipe down from the status bar to open the Quick Settings panel 2 Tap the EXT SAVER tile to turn the mode on Or to set when to automatically switch this mode on tap below sas the tile 3 Select the check box and then choose at which battery level the mode will turn on Check Battery Usage See a ranking list of apps that are using the battery You can also see how much and how long the battery has been used for each app 1 Tip 051155 O Settings 2 Tap Power gt Battery usage 3 Tapan app to check how it s using the battery You ll see how much battery power is used by resources such as the CPU for the app and oth
309. you ve taken with the camera 1 Tap and hold an empty space on a widget panel 2 In the pop up menu tap Change Home screen wallpaper 3 Choose from where you want to select a wallpaper e Tousea wallpaper stored on your phone tap HTC wallpapers or Live wallpapers e Tap Themes to use a wallpaper stored in your Theme s gallery See T hemes for details Your Phone Interface 62 e To use a photo you captured with the camera tap Gallery choose and crop a photo and then tap DONE e TapID wallpapers to select a wallpaper from a downloaded Sprint ID pack e Tap Photos to select a wallpaper from photos stored in Google Photos app Customize the Launch Bar The launch bar on your Home screen gives you one tap access to commonly used apps and other shortcuts You can replace the apps on the launch bar with other apps that you often use 1 Touch and hold the app you want to replace and then drag it out to E 2 Tapeeeto go to the Apps screen 3 Touch and hold an app and then drag it to the empty slot on the launch bar Tip You can also group apps on the launch bar into a folder Tip The apps or shortcuts you see on the lock screen are the same as the ones in the launch bar Change Your Main Home Screen Set HTC BlinkFeed or a widget panel as your main Home screen 1 2 3 4 5 Touch and hold an empty space on a widget panel Inthe pop up menu tap Manage Home screen pages Swipe left or right until you see
310. your account you re swapping phones you can activate on your computer online or directly on your phone e Activate on your computer Get Started 19 o Goto sprint com activate and complete the online instructions to activate your phone e Activate on your phone o Turn on your new phone Make sure the old one is turned off Your phone will automatically attempt Hands Free Activation o Tap Activate to override auto activation and start the manual activation wizard o Follow the on screen prompts to complete the activation process To confirm activation make a phone call If your phone is still not activated visit sprint com support for assistance If you do not have access to the Internet call Sprint Customer Service at 1 888 211 4727 from another phone Tip Do not press the Power Lock button while the phone is being activated Pressing the Power Lock button cancels the activation process Note If you are having any difficulty with activation visit sprint com support Complete the Setup Screens The setup screens help you set up certain features and preferences on your phone Once your phone has been turned on you will see a Welcome message You can then complete the setup process Note You may be able to complete the setup screens before your phone has been activated on your Sprint account 1 From the Welcome screen select a language and tap START to get started As ara ng Ces Benvenuto a Al aran ej RADE ap
311. your phone is turned off it will not be included in History Phone App 88 Open Call History Access your Call history to quickly call someone back or see who you have talked to recently y 1 Tap D SN 2 Swipe right to display the CALL HISTORY tab Each entry contains the phone number if it is available and the contact name if the number is in People 3 Doany ofthe following e Tapa name or number in the list to call See Call From Call History e Touch and hold a name or number in the list to display the options menu e Tapa contact photo to find more ways of getting in touch with the contact e Tap W to display only a particular type of call such as missed calls or outgoing calls Save a Number From Call History If the phone number of a person who called is not in People you can choose to save the number after you hang up ha TapQ gt No 2 Swipe right to display the CALL HISTORY tab 3 Tap next to the new number and choose whether to create a new contact or save the number to an existing contact Note You cannot save phone numbers already in People or from calls identified as No ID or Restricted Prepend a Number From Call History If you need to make a call from the Call history and you are outside your local area code you can add the appropriate prefix by prepending the number b 1 Tap D gt NS 2 Swipe right to display the CALL HISTORY tab 3 Touch and hold the entry you want to call and t
312. your phone s online user guide horn KeyVPN Connect to your company s intranet via VPN INI Kid Mode Let your kids enjoy appropriate content on your phone See Kid Mode o Lookout Help protect your phone from viruses and other threats NY Mail Add POP3 IMAP and Exchange ActiveSync email accounts on your phone See Email Bad Maps View maps and get detailed turn by turn navigation to your destination See Google Maps Pe Media Share Share your phone content to capable media devices See HTC Connect Messages Create and send text and multimedia messages See Text and Multimedia Messaging D Messaging Create and send text and multimedia messages and more 2 Music Listen to your favorite music tracks and even sing along with lyrics and cool visualizations z NASCAR Mobile Check out the latest happenings and events in NASCAR 2014 KY NBA Game Time View what s going on and coming up in the NBA News amp Weather View news and weather in using this app gt NextRadio Stream radio stations from all over the world Basic Operations 32 App Function Service D Peel Smart Control your TV home theatre and audio system using your phone Remote 27 People Add manage and get in touch with people that matter to you most See Contacts Call friends and access your voicemail See Phone App Photo Editor Add effects to your photos See Photo Editor Photos View photos and videos you ve saved online V ka Play Books Scan buy

HTC One M9 User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents